MCG Est

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 257

1.

ECE Board Exam March 1996


That dielectric material of an optical fiber surrounding the core

▪ A. Cladding
▪ B. Armor
▪ C. Shield
▪ D. Cover
2. ECE Board Exam March 1996
An antenna that is circularly polarized is the ____________.

▪ A. parabolic reflector
▪ B. helical
▪ C. Yagi-uda
▪ D. small circular loop
3. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A word in telegraphy consist of __________ characters plus a word space.

▪ A. 11
▪ B. 7 and ½
▪ C. 8
▪ D. 5
4. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The number of voice band channels in master group per CCITT standard is
__________.

▪ A. 300
▪ B. 480
▪ C. 600
▪ D. 120
5. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The power of standard test tone is normally ____________.

▪ A. 1 dB
▪ B. 0 mW
▪ C. 1 mW
▪ D. 1 W
6. ECE Board Exam March 1996
LORAN is a navigational system used primarily for _____________.

▪ A. blind landing
▪ B. obtaining your fixes location over large distances
▪ C. automatic collision warning
▪ D. approach control
7. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The expander in a companding device provides ___________.
▪ A. greater amplification for low signal levels
▪ B. less amplification for low signal levels
▪ C. greater amplification for high signal levels
▪ D. lesser pressure for transmission cables
8. ECE Board Exam March 1996
LORAN is a navigation system used primarily for

▪ A. approach control
▪ B. obtaining fixes over large distances
▪ C. blind landing
▪ D. automatic collision warning
9. ECE Board Exam March 1996
At what power level does a 1 kHz tone cause zero interference (144 weighted) ?

▪ A. -90 dB
▪ B. -90 dBm
▪ C. 90 dBm
▪ D. 90 dB
10. ECE Board Exam March 1996
One character or a sequence of characters forming a part, or the whole of a
message with a specific meaning

▪ A. Signs
▪ B. Call sign
▪ C. Code
▪ D. Identifier
11. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The K-factor under normal atmospheric conditions in a microwave radio data profile
calculation is equal to ___________.

▪ A. 2/3
▪ B. 0
▪ C. 4/3
▪ D. Infinity
12. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the IBM’s asynchronous data link protocol designation?

▪ A. 83 B
▪ B. 8A1 / 8B1
▪ C. 93 B
▪ D. 9A1/ 9B1
13. ECE Board Exam March 1996
EIRP stands for _______________.

▪ A. effective isotropic refracted power


▪ B. effective and ideal radiated power
▪ C. effective isotropic reflected power
▪ D. effective isotropic radiated power
14. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The modulation system used for telegraphy is

▪ A. frequency-shift keying
▪ B. two-tone modulation
▪ C. pulse-code modulation
▪ D. single-tone modulation
15. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The standard that specifies a balanced interface cable that will operate bit rates up
to 10 Mbps with in a span distances up to 1200 m.

▪ A. RS-423A
▪ B. RS-422A
▪ C. RS-550A
▪ D. RS-449A
16. ECE Board Exam March 1996
An antenna which is not resonant at a particular frequencies and so can be used
over a wide band of frequencies and so can be used over a wide band of
frequencies is called

▪ A. aperiodic
▪ B. boresight
▪ C. cassegrain
▪ D. top-loaded
17. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A receiver connected to an antenna whose resistance is 50 ohms has an equivalent
noise resistance of 30 ohms. What is the receiver’s noise temperature?

▪ A. 754 K
▪ B. 464 K
▪ C. 174 K
▪ D. 293 K
18. ECE Board Exam March 1996
___________ occurs when the microwave beam is at point of grazing over an
obstacle.

▪ A. Diffraction
▪ B. Refraction
▪ C. Absorption
▪ D. Reflection
19. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Atmospheric condition is controlled by
▪ A. humidity
▪ B. pressure
▪ C. temperature
▪ D. all of these
20. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The characteristics impedance of a transmission line does not depend upon its
________.

▪ A. conductor spacing
▪ B. conductor diameter
▪ C. length
▪ D. conductor radius
21. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the purpose of a beat frequency oscillator (BFO)?

▪ A. Aid in the reception of weak voice-modulated signals


▪ B. Generates a signal, whose frequency is the same as that of the intermediate
frequency
▪ C. Generates a 1 kHz note for Morse code reception
▪ D. Generates an output, whose frequency differs from that of the intermediate
frequency by 1 kHz
22. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The point on the satellite orbit, closest to the earth is

▪ A. prograde
▪ B. perigee
▪ C. zenith
▪ D. apogee
23. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The potential difference between any exposed structured to ground in any
electrical installation should not exceed _________ volts RMS.

▪ A. 10
▪ B. 45
▪ C. 0
▪ D. 30
24. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The capture area of an antenna is directly proportional to the

▪ A. frequency of the received signal


▪ B. distance between transmitter and receiver
▪ C. gain of the antenna
▪ D. power density of the signal
25. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Modems are required to connect computer to telephone lines because ___________.
▪ A. telephone company rules required them
▪ B. the telephone network bandwidth is too high
▪ C. none of the above
▪ D. the telephone network will pass direct current

26. ECE Board Exam March 1996


The standard reference antenna for the directive gain is ___________.

▪ A. elementary doublet
▪ B. isotropic antenna
▪ C. half-wave dipole
▪ D. infinitesimal dipole
27. ECE Board Exam March 1996
One hundred twenty µbars of pressure variation is equal to

▪ A. 120 dBSPL
▪ B. 115.56 dBSPL
▪ C. 41.58 dBSPL
▪ D. 57.78 dBSPL
28. ECE Board Exam March 1996
It is a spacecraft placed in orbit around the earth carrying onboard microwave
receiver and transmitting equipment.

▪ A. Fiber optic equipment


▪ B. Communications satellite
▪ C. Wireless radio system
▪ D. Coaxial cable system
29. ECE Board Exam March 1996
One type of pulse communications system uses pulse that appear as a group, and
which vary in number according to the loudness of the voice. This type of pulse
modulation is called

▪ A. pulse duration modulation


▪ B. pulse amplitude modulation
▪ C. pulse code modulation
▪ D. pulse position modulation
30. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A device to be connected across the headset in telephone receivers to reduce the
effects of acoustic shock.

▪ A. Ground
▪ B. Two rectifiers in parallel with opposite polarities
▪ C. Protector
▪ D. Fuse
31. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Judgment on the case against an ECE shall become final and executory after

▪ A. 10 days
▪ B. 60 days
▪ C. 30 days
▪ D. 15 days
32. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The equivalent noise temperature of the amplifier is 25 K. What is the noise figure?

▪ A. 1.86
▪ B. 0.1086
▪ C. 1.086
▪ D. 10.86
33. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The letter-number designation B8E is a form of modulation also known as
___________.

▪ A. pilot carrier system


▪ B. independent sideband emission
▪ C. lincomplex
▪ D. vestigial sideband transmission
34. ECE Board Exam March 1996
When the transmitting and receiving antennas are in line-of-sight of each other, the
mode of propagation is ________ wave.

▪ A. space or direct
▪ B. ground
▪ C. surface
▪ D. sky
35. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Crosstalk coupling is ___________.

▪ A. dBm (disturbing pair) minus dBm (disturbed pair)


▪ B. the difference between readings on a cable pair with a tone and a cable pair
without tone read at the far end of a cable
▪ C. signals from one circuit that get into another circuit
▪ D. All of these are true
36. ECE Board Exam March 1996
According to the Nyquist theorem, the sampling rate that can be used in a PCM
system is ________ the highest audio frequency.

▪ A. once
▪ B. eight times
▪ C. twice
▪ D. thrice
37. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Passive crossover components cause some frequencies to be delayed with respect
to the other frequencies at the crossover point.

▪ A. Phase shift
▪ B. Phase correction
▪ C. Phase-error correction
▪ D. Time alignment
38. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A car horn outdoors produces a sound intensity level of 90 dB at 10 ft away. At this
distance, what is the sound power in watt?

▪ A. 12 W
▪ B. 0.12 W
▪ C. 0.012 W
▪ D. 1.2 W
39. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the one principal difference between synchronous and asynchronous
transmission?

▪ A. the pulse height are different


▪ B. the clocking is derived from the data in synchronous transmission
▪ C. the clocking is mixed with the data in asynchronous
▪ D. the bandwidth required is different
40. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The lowest layer in the ionosphere

▪ A. D
▪ B. F2
▪ C. E
▪ D. F1
41. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the number of pins in the RS-232C interface?

▪ A. 25
▪ B. 15
▪ C. 20
▪ D. 20
42. ECE Board Exam March 1996
SSB transmission requires only ______ of the bandwidth for a DSBFC transmission.

▪ A. ¼
▪ B. 2/3
▪ C. ½
▪ D. ¾
43. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The method of generating FM used by broadcasting station is

▪ A. direct
▪ B. all of these
▪ C. indirect
▪ D. insertion
44. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the transmission rate of a system for transmitting the output of a
microcomputer to a line printer operating at a speed of 30 lines/minute? Assume
that the line printer has 8 bits of data per character and prints out 80
characters/line.

▪ A. 800 bps
▪ B. 400 bps
▪ C. 320 bps
▪ D. 640 bps
45. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Communications code is ____________.

▪ A. eight bits per character


▪ B. agreed upon in advance between sender and receiver
▪ C. the same in all modern computers
▪ D. either seven or eight bits per character
46. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the reference tone level for dBm?

▪ A. -82 dBm
▪ B. -85 dBm
▪ C. -67 dBm
▪ D. -90 dBm
47. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A type of an underground antenna is a/an __________ antenna.

▪ A. Hertz
▪ B. isotropic
▪ C. parabolic
▪ D. Marconi
48. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Which of the following pulse modulation systems is analog?

▪ A. Delta
▪ B. Differential PCM
▪ C. PWM
▪ D. PCM
49. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the purpose of the receiver’s squelch circuit?

▪ A. To overcome fluctuations in the level the RF signal arriving at the receiver


antenna
▪ B. To prevent fluctuations in the AGC bias level
▪ C. To reduce the receiver’s sensitivity to all incoming signals
▪ D. To prevent amplified noise from reaching the loudspeaker during the
absence of an incoming signal
50. ECE Board Exam March 1996
TACAN is a navigational aid providing ___________.

▪ A. bearing and distance indication


▪ B. speed and height indication
▪ C. bearing and weather information
▪ D. instrument-landing glide paths
51. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In __________ transmission, a unique SYNC character is transmitted at the beginning
of each message.

▪ A. asynchronous
▪ B. synchronous
▪ C. digital
▪ D. analogue
52. ECE Board Exam March 1996
If the terminating impedance is exactly equal to the characteristic impedance of the
transmission line the return loss is ___________.

▪ A. zero
▪ B. one
▪ C. infinite
▪ D. None of these
53. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the main purpose of a communications system?

▪ A. None of these
▪ B. To have a frequency assignment
▪ C. For modulation
▪ D. To provide an acceptable replica of the information at the destination
54. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is meant by antenna gain?

▪ A. The final amplifier gain minus the transmission line losses (including any
phasing lines present)
▪ B. The ratio of the amount of power produced by the antenna compared to the
output power of the transmitter
▪ C. The ratio of the signal in the backward direction
▪ D. The numeric ratio relating the radiated signal strength of an antenna to that of
another antenna
55. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Binary communications systems are better because

▪ A. they can interface directly with the analog telephone network


▪ B. the components are simpler, less costly, and more reliable
▪ C. people think better in binary
▪ D. interstate calls are less costly
56. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In the phase shift method, How many circuits must be balanced?

▪ A. None of these
▪ B. 1
▪ C. 4
▪ D. 2
57. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The carrier swing necessary to provide 80% modulation in the FM broadcasting
band is __________.

▪ A. 150 kHz
▪ B. 120 kHz
▪ C. 60 kHz
▪ D. 75 kHz
58. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The correctness and accuracy of the transmitted message content is

▪ A. verified by the modem


▪ B. communications system
▪ C. determined by the sender and receiver
▪ D. ensured by use of digital technique
59. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The signal in a channel is measured to be 23 dB while noise in the same channel is
measured to be 9 dB. The signal to noise ratio therefore is __________.

▪ A. 9/23
▪ B. 23/9
▪ C. 32 dB
▪ D. 14 dB
60. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Three audio waves with 100,200 and 300 volts amplitude respectively,
simultaneously modulate a 450 volts carrier. What is the total percent of modulation
of the AM wave?

▪ A. 69 %
▪ B. 115.5 %
▪ C. 50%
▪ D. 83%
61. ECE Board Exam March 1996
If the percentage modulation of an AM amplifier is 88% and the modulating signal is
1 volt, the carrier has an amplitude of _______________.

▪ A. 1.14 volts
▪ B. 0.88 volt
▪ C. 1.88 volts
▪ D. 0.12 volt
62. ECE Board Exam March 1996
It consists of a number of dipoles of equal size, equally spaced along a straight line
with all dipoles fed in the same phase from the same source.

▪ A. Log-periodic antenna
▪ B. Yagi antenna
▪ C. End-fire array
▪ D. Broadside array
63. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Data switching systems.

▪ A. improve the efficiency of data transfer


▪ B. are limited to small data networks
▪ C. required additional lines
▪ D. are not used in data system
64. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A type of array antenna which consists of one half-wave driven dipole, one reflector
and one director

▪ A. Hertzian dipole
▪ B. Yagi-uda
▪ C. Broadside collinear
▪ D. Log periodic dipole array
65. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Power is a _____________ amount of energy used in specific period of time

▪ A. large
▪ B. definite
▪ C. electrical
▪ D. relative
66. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The midrange frequency range of sound is from

▪ A. 256 to 2048 Hz
▪ B. 2048 to 4096 Hz
▪ C. 512 to 2048 Hz
▪ D. 16 to 64 Hz
67. ECE Board Exam March 1996
To connect coaxial line to a parallel-wire _________ is the best to use.

▪ A. directional coupler
▪ B. quarter-wave transformer
▪ C. balun
▪ D. slotted line
68. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In AM, the carrier carries ____________ intelligence.

▪ A. no
▪ B. difference
▪ C. distorted
▪ D. same
69. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Characteristics impedance of a transmission line is the impedance measured at the
___________ when its length is infinite.

▪ A. input
▪ B. shorted end of the line
▪ C. output
▪ D. midsection
70. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Cross modulation on a receiver is eliminated at the

▪ A. RF stage
▪ B. mixer stage
▪ C. IF stage
▪ D. detector stage
71. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A speaker cabinet has an internal volume 84,950 cm3. It has a port area on the baffle
of 3,230 cm2 and baffle thickness of 19 mm. What is the Helmholtz resonance hertz
of this speaker enclosure?

▪ A. 260 Hz
▪ B. 245 Hz
▪ C. 265 Hz
▪ D. 250 Hz
72. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What quarterwave transformer will match a 100Ω line to an antenna whose value is
175Ω?

▪ A. 132.29 Ω
▪ B. 150 Ω
▪ C. 16.58 Ω
▪ D. 137.5 Ω
73. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The local loop of the telephone system is understood to be

▪ A. a single piece of wire connecting the subscriber’s telephone set to another


telephone set in an adjacent room
▪ B. a two-wire or four-wire communication circuit between the customer’s
premise and central office
▪ C. a four-wire circuit connecting a facsimile machine to a computer
▪ D. a group of wires connecting a telephone set to a modem
74. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In what region of the world is sporadic-E most prevalent?

▪ A. The equatorial regions


▪ B. The northern hemisphere
▪ C. The arctic regions
▪ D. The polar regions
75. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The process of assigning PCM codes to absolute magnitudes

▪ A. Overloading
▪ B. All of these
▪ C. Quantizing
▪ D. Multiplexing
76. ECE Board Exam March 1996
It is a measure of the microwave power radiated from an antenna as a function of
angular direction from the antenna axis.

▪ A. Antenna pattern
▪ B. Polarization
▪ C. Beamwidth
▪ D. Sidelobes
77. ECE Board Exam March 1996
It is the made from semiconductor material such as aluminum-gallium-arsenide or
gallium-arsenide-phosphide.

▪ A. APD
▪ B. Injection laser diode
▪ C. Light emitting diode
▪ D. Positive-intrinsic-negative
78. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Which one is not the basic electrical protection measures in the Philippine
Electronics Code?

▪ A. Voltage/ current limiting and interrupting


▪ B. Undergrounding
▪ C. Grounding and bonding
▪ D. Shielding
79. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What does the noise weighting curve shows?

▪ A. Noise signals measured with a 144 handset


▪ B. Power levels of noise found in carrier systems
▪ C. The interfering effect of other frequencies in a voice channel compared with
a reference frequency of one kilohertz
▪ D. Interfering effects of signals compared with a 3-kHz tone
80. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the difference between phase and frequency modulation?

▪ A. Is purely theoretical because they are the same in practice


▪ B. Lies in poorer audio response of phase modulation
▪ C. Lies in the different definitions of the modulation index
▪ D. Is too great to make two systems compatible
81. ECE Board Exam March 1996
When a transmission line uses ground return, it is called a/an __________ line.

▪ A. ungrounded
▪ B. balanced
▪ C. unbalanced
▪ D. grounded
82. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the gain of four identically polarized antennas stacked one above the other
and fed in phase?

▪ A. 3 dB over the gain of one antenna


▪ B. 10 dB over the gain of one antenna
▪ C. 4 dB over the gain of one antenna
▪ D. 6 dB over the gain of one antenna
83. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The ratio of the level of the modulated output of a transmitter under conditions of
standard test modulation to the level of the demodulated output with no
modulation applied both measured with the same bandwidth.
▪ A. Reference audio output
▪ B. None of these
▪ C. Audio frequency response
▪ D. Residual noise level
84. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The ___________ filter attenuates signals but passes frequencies below and above
that band.

▪ A. low pass
▪ B. band pass
▪ C. band stop
▪ D. high pass
85. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In a telephone system, the customer’s telephone directory numbering is from 000 to
999, what is the capacity of the system?

▪ A. 1000 lines
▪ B. 100,000 lines
▪ C. 10,000 lines
▪ D. 100 lines
86. ECE Board Exam March 1996
An absorption loss caused by valence electrons in the silica material from which
fibers are manufactured.

▪ A. Modal dispersion
▪ B. Infrared absorption
▪ C. Ion resonance absorption
▪ D. Ultraviolet absorption
87. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In an FM receiver, which circuit removes amplitude variations?

▪ A. Exciter
▪ B. Mixer
▪ C. Discriminator
▪ D. Limiter
88. ECE Board Exam March 1996
A one-hop, full duplex, microwave system in a space diversity arrangement.
Determine “how many receivers in all are used?”

▪ A. 8
▪ B. 2
▪ C. 4
▪ D. 6
89. ECE Board Exam March 1996
The frequency spectrum of the stereophonic FM signal.
▪ A. 67 kHz
▪ B. 59.5 to 74.5 kHz
▪ C. 19 to 38 kHz
▪ D. 30 to 53 kHz
90. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Termination means

▪ A. result of disconnecting a line from a transmitter


▪ B. result of cutting both ends of a conductor
▪ C. looking back impedance of a line with no load
▪ D. load connected to the output end of a transmission line
91. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Asynchronous protocol is

▪ A. message oriented
▪ B. clock oriented
▪ C. bit oriented
▪ D. character oriented
92. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Transmission lines are either balanced or unbalanced with respect to _________.

▪ A. negative terminal
▪ B. input
▪ C. ground
▪ D. positive terminal
93. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the velocity factor for non-foam dielectric 50 or 75 ohm flexible coaxial
cable such as RG 8, 11, 58 and 59?

▪ A. 2.70
▪ B. 0.10
▪ C. 0.66
▪ D. 0.30
94. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Gain of an isotropic antenna

▪ A. -1 dB
▪ B. 1 dB
▪ C. 0 dB
▪ D. 2 dB
95. ECE Board Exam March 1996
In measuring noise in a voice channel at a 4 dB test point level, the meter reads -70
dBm (F1A weighted), convert the reading to pWp.

▪ A. 53
▪ B. 93
▪ C. 63
▪ D. 83
96. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Power is always __________.

▪ A. a definite amount of energy


▪ B. expressed in watts
▪ C. the rate at which energy is used
▪ D. all of these
97. ECE Board Exam March 1996
Radio fading resulting from obstruction losses.

▪ A. Log normal fading


▪ B. None of these
▪ C. Multi-path fading
▪ D. Rayleigh fading
98. ECE Board Exam March 1996
After the IF stages have been aligned, the next stage to align in FM receiver is.

▪ A. local oscillator
▪ B. limiter stage
▪ C. RF amplifier
▪ D. mixer stage
99. ECE Board Exam March 1996
___________ is a device in data transmission to interface data terminal equipment to
an analogue transmission line.

▪ A. RS 232
▪ B. Connector
▪ C. Modem
▪ D. RJ-11 plug
100. ECE Board Exam March 1996
What is the primary advantage of DSBSC in AM?

▪ A. Reduce bandwidth over standard AM


▪ B. All of these
▪ C. It is simpler to transmit and receive than the standard AM
▪ D. No transmitter power is wasted in the carrier
1. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which frequency band is the standard AM radio broadcast?

▪ A. HF
▪ B. UHF
▪ C. MF
▪ D. VHF
2. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A system that performs parallel-to-serial and serial-to-parallel conversion of data
link.

▪ A. DCE
▪ B. DTE
▪ C. Modem
▪ D. PC
3. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The line control unit (LCU) operates on the data digital form.

▪ A. Data communications equipment (DCE)


▪ B. UART
▪ C. Modem
▪ D. Data terminal equipment (DTE)
4. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Quantization noise is caused by

▪ A. binary coding techniques


▪ B. serial transmission errors
▪ C. the synchronization between encoder and decoder
▪ D. the approximation of the quantized signal
5. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Speaker is a device that __________.
▪ A. convert current variations into sound waves
▪ B. none of these
▪ C. convert electrical energy to mechanical energy
▪ D. convert sound waves into current and voltage
6. ECE Board Exam November 1996
An object farther from a converging lens than its focal point always has an _______
image.

▪ A. virtual
▪ B. the same in size
▪ C. inverted
▪ D. smaller size
7. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The loss in signal power as light travels down a fiber is
▪ A. attenuation
▪ B. propagation
▪ C. absorption
▪ D. scattering
8. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Energy that has neither been radiated into space nor completely transmitted.

▪ A. Captured waves
▪ B. Incident waves
▪ C. Standing waves
▪ D. Modulated waves
9. ECE Board Exam November 1996
One of the reasons why FDM is being replaced by TDM is

▪ A. noise is amplified with voice when an FDM system is used


▪ B. it is difficult to place channels side by side
▪ C. there is more time than frequency
▪ D. Most available frequencies has been used
10. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which determines the number of sideband components of FM?

▪ A. Modulation frequency
▪ B. Modulation index
▪ C. Carrier frequency
▪ D. All of these
11. ECE Board Exam November 1996
How would one squeeze more channels of communication into TDM frames of
standard length?

▪ A. Shorten the time delay for each channel


▪ B. Raise the amplitude
▪ C. Add modulators
▪ D. Remove the synchronizing pulses
12. ECE Board Exam November 1996
When one stations is designated as master and rest of the stations are considered
slaves message handling is ________.

▪ A. polling
▪ B. WAN
▪ C. LAN
▪ D. OSI
13. ECE Board Exam November 1996
How many satellite orbital slots are requested by the Philippine government from
ITU?
▪ A. 2
▪ B. 6
▪ C. 5
▪ D. 3
14. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The output of a balanced modulator is ____________.

▪ A. LSB and USB


▪ B. LSB
▪ C. USB
▪ D. Carrier
15. ECE Board Exam November 1996
RS-232, RS-449, RS-530, V, 24 and X.21 are examples of ____________.

▪ A. standards for interfaces between modems and transmission facilities


▪ B. standards for various types of transmission channels
▪ C. standards for interfaces between terminals and modems
▪ D. standards for end to end performance of data communications system
16. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A special service circuit connecting two private branch exchanges (PBX).

▪ A. Phantom line
▪ B. Private line
▪ C. Tie trunk
▪ D. Tandem trunk
17. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the baseband frequency of standard FDM basic supergroup?

▪ A. 312 to 552 kHz


▪ B. 300 to 600 kHz
▪ C. 60 to 2540 kHz
▪ D. 60 to 108 kHz
18. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the data rate of the ISDN Basic access B channel?

▪ A. 192 kbps
▪ B. 32 kbps
▪ C. 64 kbps
▪ D. 144 kbps
19. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which tester is used to measure SWR?

▪ A. Spectrum analyzer
▪ B. Multimeter
▪ C. Reflectometer
▪ D. Oscilloscope
20. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the transmission rate of a GSM cellular system?

▪ A. 64 kbps
▪ B. 240 kbps
▪ C. 128 kbps
▪ D. 270 kbps
21. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A dipole antenna requires to be feed with 20 kW of power to produce a given signal
strength to a particular distant point. If the addition of a reflector makes the same
field strength available with an input power of 11 kW. What is the gain in dB obtain
by the use of the reflector ? ( Gain referred to this particular dipole)

▪ A. 4.24
▪ B. 1.81
▪ C. 4.75
▪ D. 2.6
22. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Pulse carrier at the ratio of 8000 pulse/sec is amplitude modulated by an analog
signal this type of modulation is

▪ A. PAM
▪ B. ADM
▪ C. DM
▪ D. PCM
23. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the applied power if a thermal RF wattmeter is connected to a transmitter
through a variable attenuator? The wattmeter reads 84 mW when 15 dB of
attenuation is used.

▪ A. 4.656 watts
▪ B. 2.656 watts
▪ C. 3.656 watts
▪ D. 2.856 watts
24. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Collects very weak signal from a broadcast satellite

▪ A. Satellite dish
▪ B. LNB
▪ C. Yagi-Uda antenna
▪ D. Satellite receiver
25. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A seven-bit character can represent one of _________ possibilities.
▪ A. 14
▪ B. 64
▪ C. 128
▪ D. 7
26. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The maximum power suggested by KBP on 919-1312 AM broadcast station in Metro
Manila is

▪ A. 10 kW
▪ B. 20 kW
▪ C. 15 kW
▪ D. 5 kW
27. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A loudspeaker cabinet has an internal volume of 5,184 in3 (84,950 cm3). It has a port
area on the baffle of 50 in2 (322.58cm2) and a thickness of 0.70 in (18 mm). What is
the Helmholtz resonance, in hertz, of this loudspeaker enclosure?

▪ A. 250 Hz
▪ B. 245 Hz
▪ C. 240 Hz
▪ D. 255 Hz
28. ECE Board Exam November 1996
When the clearance above the obstruction is equal to the radii of even Fresnel zone
at the point of reflection the RSL

▪ A. remains the same


▪ B. is above threshold
▪ C. is decreased
▪ D. is increased
29. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Digital transmission provides a higher level of signal quality than analog
transmission because

▪ A. repeaters regenerate digital pulses and remove distortion


▪ B. digital signals are easier to sample than analog signals
▪ C. digital signals are smaller than analog signals and cannot easily be distorted
▪ D. analog signals are continuous and not easily distorted.
30. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A _________ interconnects LAN having identical protocols at the physical and data
link layers.

▪ A. All of these
▪ B. bridge
▪ C. router
▪ D. Gateway
31. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Both frequency and phase modulation utilize ________ modulation

▪ A. Phase
▪ B. AM and FM
▪ C. Digital
▪ D. Angle
32. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The different angles of entry of light into an optical fiber when the diameter of the
core is many times the wavelength of the light transmitter is known as ________.

▪ A. refraction
▪ B. sensor
▪ C. mode
▪ D. emitter
33. ECE Board Exam November 1996
An invitation from the primary to a secondary to transmit a message.

▪ A. Retransmission
▪ B. Selection
▪ C. Reuse
▪ D. Polling
34. ECE Board Exam November 1996
An agency of the United Nations that formulates standards and recommend
practices for all civil aviation

▪ A. ICAO
▪ B. CAA
▪ C. IATA
▪ D. ATO
35. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The transformer signal coding method for T1 carrier is

▪ A. Binary
▪ B. NRZ
▪ C. Manchester
▪ D. Bipolar
36. ECE Board Exam November 1996
When the value of k increases, the effective result is ______ of the equivalent
curvatures.

▪ A. downward curvatures
▪ B. flattening
▪ C. bulging
▪ D. sharp curvature
37. ECE Board Exam November 1996
An electromagnetic wave consists of

▪ A. a magnetic field only


▪ B. both electric and magnetic fields
▪ C. an electric field only
▪ D. non-magnetic field only
38. ECE Board Exam November 1996
In a transmission line, if the maximum current to minimum current ratio is 2:1 what is
the ratio of the maximum voltage to minimum voltage?

▪ A. 4:1
▪ B. 1:2
▪ C. 1:4
▪ D. 2:1
39. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Satellite signal transmitted from a satellite transponder to earth’s station.

▪ A. Vertically polarized
▪ B. Uplink
▪ C. Downlink
▪ D. RHCP
40. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Multiplexing scheme use by baseband transmission.

▪ A. FDM
▪ B. Space multiplexing
▪ C. TDM
▪ D. Statistical multiplexing
41. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which stands for dB relative level?

▪ A. dBrn
▪ B. dBm
▪ C. dBr
▪ D. dBa
42. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the maximum color TV bandwidth?

▪ A. 1.6 MHz
▪ B. 0.5 MHz
▪ C. 1.0 MHz
▪ D. 1.3 MHz
43. ECE Board Exam November 1996
If Ns = 250, determine the earth radius k-factor.
▪ A. 1.98
▪ B. 1.23
▪ C. 1.33
▪ D. 1.29
44. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Digital modulation technique used in modems.

▪ A. ASK
▪ B. PSK
▪ C. FSK
▪ D. All of these
45. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which of the following is not a baseband signal modulation?

▪ A. RF carrier
▪ B. Video System
▪ C. Audio signal
▪ D. Binary coded pulses
46. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The standing wave ratio is equal to ________ if the load is properly matched with the
transmission line.

▪ A. 1
▪ B. 50
▪ C. 10
▪ D. 2
47. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Noise from random acoustic or electric noise that has equal per cycle over a
specified total frequency band.

▪ A. Thermal noise
▪ B. White noise
▪ C. Gaussian noise
▪ D. All of these
48. ECE Board Exam November 1996
When was the UHF channel (14-83) of television were added?

▪ A. 1852
▪ B. 1904
▪ C. 1947
▪ D. 1952
49. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Multiplexing in a time division multiplexer occurs based upon

▪ A. the position of a frame within the group of frames


▪ B. the positioning of data within a frame
▪ C. the priority assigned to a connected device
▪ D. the activity of a connected device
50. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Ethernet is baseband system using CSMA/CD operating at

▪ A. 20 Mbps
▪ B. 10 Mbps
▪ C. 30 Mbps
▪ D. 40 Mbps
51. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A microwave communications system space loss calculation formula is

▪ A. 92.4 + 10 log f +20 log d


▪ B. 94.2 + 10 log f +20 log d
▪ C. 92.4 + 20 log f + 20 log d
▪ D. 94.2 + 20 log f +20 log d
52. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which is the non-resonant antenna?

▪ A. Broadside Antenna
▪ B. Folded Dipole
▪ C. Rhombic antenna
▪ D. End fire array
53. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The first commercial satellite

▪ A. Explorer
▪ B. Sputnik
▪ C. Telstar
▪ D. Early bird
54. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A quadrature signaling have ________ possible states.

▪ A. 16
▪ B. 8
▪ C. 32
▪ D. 4
55. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Proposed the use of a clad glass fiber as a dielectric waveguide.

▪ A. Kao and Keck


▪ B. Karpon and Keck
▪ C. Karpon and Bockham
▪ D. Bockham and Kao
56. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What band does VSAT first operate?

▪ A. X-band
▪ B. C-band
▪ C. Ku-band
▪ D. L-band
57. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the method of diversity reception where the signal is transmitted on 2
different frequencies over the same path?

▪ A. Quadruple
▪ B. Frequency
▪ C. Polarization
▪ D. Space
58. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The wavelength of light has no role in

▪ A. Diffraction
▪ B. Interference
▪ C. Resolving power
▪ D. Polarization
59. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which of the following filters block FM radio band for TV channels (2 to 13)?

▪ A. High-pass filter
▪ B. Band reject filter
▪ C. Low-pass filter
▪ D. Band-pass filter
60. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The standard ASCII

▪ A. is version II of ASC
▪ B. is used only in US and Canada
▪ C. has 132 characters including 32 control characters
▪ D. is subset of 8-bit EBCDIC code
61. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Luminous efficiency is least for a

▪ A. mercury vapor lamp


▪ B. low-wattage light bulb
▪ C. high-wattage light bulb
▪ D. fluorescent tube
62. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Transmission lines when connected to antenna have
▪ A. capacitive load
▪ B. resistive load whose resistance is less than characteristics impedance
▪ C. resistive load at the resonant frequency
▪ D. resistive load whose resistance is greater than the characteristic impedance
of the line
63. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the free space loss, in dB, between two microwave parabolic antennas 38.0
kilometer apart operating at 7.0 GHz?

▪ A. 145.6 dB
▪ B. 138.5 dB
▪ C. 135.5 dB
▪ D. 140.89 dB
64. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the equivalent output of a circuit in dBm, if it is has an output of 10 watts?

▪ A. 10 dBm
▪ B. 30 dBm
▪ C. 20 dBm
▪ D. 40 dBm
65. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Satellite engine use

▪ A. liquid fuel
▪ B. jet propulsion
▪ C. ion propulsion system
▪ D. solar jet
66. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Low-power radar uses

▪ A. RIMPATT
▪ B. TRAPATT
▪ C. Magnetron
▪ D. IMPATT
67. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Transmission line must be matched to the load to

▪ A. transfer maximum voltage to the load


▪ B. transfer maximum current to the load
▪ C. reduce the load current
▪ D. transfer maximum power to the load
68. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Electromagnetic wave travel at __________ in free space.

▪ A. 300,000 km/sec
▪ B. 100,000 km/ sec
▪ C. 400,000 km/sec
▪ D. 200km/sec
69. ECE Board Exam November 1996
When electromagnetic wave are propagated through a waveguide, they

▪ A. are reflected from the walls but do not travel along them
▪ B. travel along all four walls of the waveguide
▪ C. travel along the broader walls of the guide
▪ D. travel through the dielectric without touching the walls
70. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Codes must be
▪ A. agreed upon in advance between sender and receiver
▪ B. eight bit per character
▪ C. the same in all modern computer
▪ D. either seven or eighth bits per character
71. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Combination of modulator, channel and detector.

▪ A. Transceiver
▪ B. Discrete channel
▪ C. T/R channel
▪ D. Transponder
72. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the stage of the sand becoming silicon?

▪ A. Hot
▪ B. Gas
▪ C. Liquid
▪ D. Molten
73. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Noise reduction system used for film sound in movie

▪ A. dBx
▪ B. dolby
▪ C. dBa
▪ D. dBm
74. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the principal difference between asynchronous and synchronous
transmission?

▪ A. The clocking is mixed with the data in synchronous transmission


▪ B. The pulse height are difficult
▪ C. The clocking is derived from the data in synchronous
▪ D. The bandwidth required is difficult.
75. ECE Board Exam November 1996
You are measuring a voice channel at a -4 dB test point level, the meter reads -73
dBm (pure test tone) convert the reading in dBmCO.

▪ A. 16
▪ B. 18
▪ C. 22
▪ D. 12
76. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the type of emission use by standard AM radio broadcast?

▪ A. A0
▪ B. F3
▪ C. A3
▪ D. A5C
77. ECE Board Exam November 1996
____________ is the average rate of transmission of sound energy in a given direction
through a cross sectional area of 1 sq.m. at right angle to the direction.

▪ A. Sound pressure
▪ B. Sound intensity
▪ C. Pressure variation
▪ D. Loudness
78. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Top loading is used in an antenna in order to increase its ___________.

▪ A. input capacitance
▪ B. beamwidth
▪ C. bandwidth
▪ D. effective height
79. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What component in the telephone set has the primary function of interfacing the
handset to the local loop?

▪ A. Varistor
▪ B. Induction coil
▪ C. Resistor
▪ D. Capacitor
80. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The first passive satellite transponder.

▪ A. Early bird
▪ B. Score
▪ C. Moon
▪ D. Sputnik
81. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The primary purpose of the data modem is to

▪ A. interface analog terminal equipment to analog communications channel


▪ B. interface digital terminal equipment to analog communications channel
▪ C. interface analog terminal equipment to digital communications channel
▪ D. interface digital terminal equipment to digital communications channel
82. ECE Board Exam November 1996
____________ is the out-of-band signaling between toll central offices (Bell System
Standard)

▪ A. 2,000 Hz
▪ B. 800 Hz
▪ C. 3,835 Hz
▪ D. 3700 Hz
83. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Which symbol indicates that only one sideband is transmitted?

▪ A. A3E
▪ B. B8E
▪ C. C3F
▪ D. H3E
84. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A voice-grade circuit using the PTN has an ideal passband of

▪ A. 0 to 4 Hz
▪ B. 0 to 4 kHz
▪ C. 0 to 4 GHz
▪ D. 0 to 4 MHz
85. ECE Board Exam November 1996
1 micron is equal to ___________ meter(s).

▪ A. 10-6m
▪ B. 10-3 m
▪ C. 106 m
▪ D. 109 m
86. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The lowest resistance grounding on earth

▪ A. Sand
▪ B. Clay
▪ C. Surface loam soil
▪ D. Limestone
87. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Troposheric scatter uses the frequencies in the ________ band.
▪ A. VLF
▪ B. UHF
▪ C. VHF
▪ D. UF
88. ECE Board Exam November 1996
The unit of pitch

▪ A. Decibel
▪ B. Phon
▪ C. Mel
▪ D. Sone
89. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What kind of receiver is used in conventional telephone handset?

▪ A. Capacitor
▪ B. Carbon
▪ C. Electromagnetic
▪ D. Ceramic
90. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Basic speed rate of digital system.

▪ A. 144 kbps
▪ B. 1,544 kbps
▪ C. 64 kbps
▪ D. 2,048 kbps
91. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A horizontal antenna is

▪ A. centrally polarized
▪ B. vertically polarized
▪ C. horizontally polarized
▪ D. perpendicularly polarized
92. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the diameter of a copper wire to be used in a 16 km loop with a dc loop
resistance of 100 ohms/km?

▪ A. 0.108 cm
▪ B. 1.082 cm
▪ C. 0.017 cm
▪ D. 0.0465 cm
93. ECE Board Exam November 1996
If a fiber optic system has a rise time of 16 ns, the source rise time is 1.5 ns and the
detector rise time is 2 ns, what is the cable rise time?

▪ A. 14 ns
▪ B. 6 ns
▪ C. 9 ns
▪ D. 12.5 ns
94. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the phase delay of an 800 Hz voice signal if the phase shift is 15 degrees?

▪ A. 1.25 µsec
▪ B. 52 µsec
▪ C. 83.33 µsec
▪ D. 26 µsec
95. ECE Board Exam November 1996
What is the power loss of a telephone hybrid?

▪ A. 6 dB
▪ B. 2 dB
▪ C. 3 dB
▪ D. 1 dB
96. ECE Board Exam November 1996
You are measuring noise in a voice channel at 7 dB test point level. The meter reads
-56 dBm (FIA weighted). What is the reading in dBrnc?

▪ A. 20
▪ B. 32
▪ C. 35
▪ D. 25
97. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Space diversity transmission means transmitting and receiving on

▪ A. two or more antennas operating on two different frequencies


▪ B. two or more identical frequencies
▪ C. two or more different frequencies
▪ D. two or more antennas operating on the same frequencies
98. ECE Board Exam November 1996
Rules governing the transmission of digital information.

▪ A. Line protocol
▪ B. Isochronous
▪ C. Data communications
▪ D. Digital communications
99. ECE Board Exam November 1996
A digital identification associated with a cellular system

▪ A. SAT
▪ B. ESN
▪ C. MIN
▪ D. SIM
100. ECE Board Exam November 1996
____________ is measuring the propagated field strength over the projected service
area

▪ A. Radio sounding
▪ B. None of these
▪ C. Radio monitoring
▪ D. Radio survey
1. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the impedance of a balance 4-wire with a diameter of 0.25 cm and spaced
2.5 cm apart using an insulator with a dielectric constant of 2.56?

▪ A. 100 Ω
▪ B. 65 Ω
▪ C. 75 Ω
▪ D. 50 Ω
2. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the impedance in ohms of a transformer marked for 25V, 4W, when the
secondary is correctly loaded?

▪ A. 150 Ω
▪ B. 156 Ω
▪ C. 160 Ω
▪ D. 165 Ω
3. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A single conductor running from the transmitter to the antenna.

▪ A. RG-8/U
▪ B. Single line wire
▪ C. Twin-lead
▪ D. MIcrostrip
4. ECE Board Exam April 1997
If voltage change equal to twice its original value, what is its corresponding change
in dB?

▪ A. 9 dB
▪ B. 6 dB
▪ C. 10 dB
▪ D. 3 dB
5. ECE Board Exam April 1997
To couple a coaxial line to parallel line, it is better to use a ______.

▪ A. Slotted line
▪ B. Quarter-wave transformer
▪ C. Directional Coupler
▪ D. Balun
6. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the characteristic impedance of a single wire with a diameter d= 0.25 mm
placed at the center between grounded parallel planes separated by 1 mm apart.
The wire is held by a material with a velocity factor of 0.75.

▪ A. 85 Ω
▪ B. 63 Ω
▪ C. 50 Ω
▪ D. 75 Ω
7. ECE Board Exam April 1997
If you have available number of power amplifiers with a gain of 100 each, how many
such amplifiers do you need to cascade to give an overall gain of 60 dB?

▪ A. 3
▪ B. 4
▪ C. 5
▪ D. 2
8. ECE Board Exam April 1997
________ sets a limit on the maximum capacity of a channel with a give noise level.

▪ A. Hartley theorem
▪ B. Shannon-Hartley theorem
▪ C. Nyquist theorem
▪ D. Shannon theorem
9. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Transmission sent in both directions simultaneously.

▪ A. Full duplex
▪ B. Duplex
▪ C. Half duplex
▪ D. Simplex
10. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Industrial noise frequency is between _________.

▪ A. 200 to 3000 Mhz


▪ B. 15 to 160 Mhz
▪ C. 0 to 10 Khz
▪ D. 20 Ghz
11. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Reference noise temperature.

▪ A. 70 deg F
▪ B. 30 deg C
▪ C. 290 Kelvin
▪ D. 25 deg C
12. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the reference frequency of CCITT psophometric noise measurement?

▪ A. 800 Hz
▪ B. 1500 Hz
▪ C. 3400 Hz
▪ D. 1000 Hz
13. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which does not effect noise in a channel?

▪ A. None of these
▪ B. Bandwidth
▪ C. Temperature
▪ D. Quantizing level
14. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The random and unpredictable electric signal from natural causes, both internal and
external to the system is know as ________.

▪ A. Distortion
▪ B. Noise
▪ C. Attenuation
▪ D. Interference
15. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The most common unit of noise measurement in white noise testing.

▪ A. dBw
▪ B. dBk
▪ C. dBm
▪ D. NPR
16. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Unit of noise power of psophometer

▪ A. dBa
▪ B. pWp
▪ C. dBm
▪ D. dBmO
17. ECE Board Exam April 1997
100% modulation in AM means a corresponding increase in total power by:

▪ A. 25%
▪ B. 75%
▪ C. 100%
▪ D. 50%
18. ECE Board Exam April 1997
If the modulation index of an AM wave is doubled, the antenna current is also
doubled, the AM system being used is

▪ A. A5C
▪ B. A3J
▪ C. A3H
▪ D. A3
19. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What particular circuit that rids FM of noise?

▪ A. HPF
▪ B. Phase shifter
▪ C. Limiter
▪ D. LPF
20. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the advantage of PTM over PAM?

▪ A. Simpler to generate
▪ B. Low sampling rate is required
▪ C. Much better noise immunity
▪ D. All of these
21. ECE Board Exam April 1997
At 100% modulation, the sum for the effective voltages in both sidebands is equal to
______% of the unmodulated carrier voltage.

▪ A. 50
▪ B. 71
▪ C. 100
▪ D. 25
22. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A carrier signal has ______.

▪ A. Constant peak amplitude


▪ B. The information
▪ C. Frequency range 20-20000 Hz
▪ D. A varying amplitude
23. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which transmit only one sideband?

▪ A. A3E
▪ B. 3AJ
▪ C. 11BE
▪ D. H3E
24. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The final amplifier of either FM or AM transmitter operates as

▪ A. Class B
▪ B. Class C
▪ C. Class A
▪ D. Class D
25. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Modulation means

▪ A. Varying of information
▪ B. Utilization of a single transmission channel to carry multiple signals
▪ C. Varying of some parameters of a carrier such as its amplitude to transmit
information
▪ D. Transmit pulses in DC form on a copper wire
26. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the advantage of sidetone?

▪ A. High transmission efficiency


▪ B. Results to a strengthened signal
▪ C. No energy dissipation
▪ D. Assures that the telephone is working
27. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The standard test tone

▪ A. 0 dB
▪ B. 10 dBm
▪ C. 0 dBm
▪ D. 10 dB
28. ECE Board Exam April 1997
One (1) Erlang is equal to ________.

▪ A. 360 CCS
▪ B. 100 CCS
▪ C. 36 CCS
▪ D. 3.6 CCS
29. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Transmission of printed material over telephone lines.

▪ A. Video text
▪ B. Facsimile
▪ C. Encoding
▪ D. Xerox copy
30. ECE Board Exam April 1997
1-CCS is equal to?
▪ A. 60
▪ B. 100
▪ C. 600
▪ D. 1
31. ECE Board Exam April 1997
1 Erlang is ______.

▪ A. 1000 TU
▪ B. 10 TU
▪ C. 100 TU
▪ D. 1 TU
32. ECE Board Exam April 1997
When waves bend away from straight lines of travel, it is called _________.

▪ A. Refraction
▪ B. Reflection
▪ C. Rarefaction
▪ D. Diffraction
33. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Highest frequency that can be used for skywave HF communications between two
given points on earth.

▪ A. Gyro frequency
▪ B. Maximum usable frequency
▪ C. Critical frequency
▪ D. Virtual frequency
34. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Electromagnetic radiation theory was profounded by ______.

▪ A. Sir Edward Appleton


▪ B. Sir Isaac Newton
▪ C. James Clerk Maxwell
▪ D. Michael Faraday
35. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Type of transmission path that permits communication in the frequency range from
30 to 60 MHz and over distances form about 1000 to 2000 km.

▪ A. Ducting
▪ B. Ionospheric scatter
▪ C. Microwave
▪ D. Troposcatter
36. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the thickest layer of the ionosphere?

▪ A. E
▪ B. F1
▪ C. F2
▪ D. D
37. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Distance traveled by a wave in the time of one cycle.

▪ A. Hop
▪ B. Frequency
▪ C. Wavelength
▪ D. Crest
38. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which region of the ionosphere is mainly responsible for long distance night time
communication?

▪ A. A layer
▪ B. D layer
▪ C. E layer
▪ D. F layer
39. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the effective earth’s radius when N = 300?

▪ A. 8500 km
▪ B. 6370 km
▪ C. 7270 km
▪ D. 7950 km
40. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The polarization of a discone antenna is _____.

▪ A. Horizontal
▪ B. Vertical
▪ C. Omni
▪ D. Directional
41. ECE Board Exam April 1997
_______ is the horizontal pointing angle of an antenna.

▪ A. Right angle
▪ B. Angle of elevation
▪ C. Bandwidth
▪ D. Azimuth
42. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which is properly terminated antenna?

▪ A. Rhombic
▪ B. Hertz
▪ C. Marconi
▪ D. Dipole
43. ECE Board Exam April 1997
______ is a device that detects both vertically and horizontally polarized signals
simultaneously.

▪ A. Crystal
▪ B. Orthomode transducer
▪ C. Light transducer
▪ D. Optoisolator
44. ECE Board Exam April 1997
How much does the radiated power of an antenna increases if its current increased
by 3.3 times?

▪ A. 6.6 times
▪ B. 3.3 times
▪ C. 10.89 times
▪ D. 9.9 times
45. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What do you call the energy that was not radiated into space or completely
transmitted?

▪ A. Incident waves
▪ B. Captured waves
▪ C. Standing waves
▪ D. Modulated waves
46. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the estimated medium wind loading in the Philippines for antenna tower
design?

▪ A. 200 kph
▪ B. 250 kph
▪ C. 300 kph
▪ D. 100 kph
47. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The minimum number of turns a helix antenna must have.

▪ A. 4
▪ B. 5
▪ C. 3
▪ D. 6
48. ECE Board Exam April 1997
When testing transmitter to prevent interfering with other stations, which type of
antenna must be used?

▪ A. Dummy antenna
▪ B. Hertzian antenna
▪ C. None of these
▪ D. Void antenna
49. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A device that radiates electromagnetic energy and or intercepts electromagnetic
radiation.

▪ A. Antenna
▪ B. Transmitter
▪ C. Transmission line
▪ D. Transceiver
50. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The frequency of operation of a dipole antenna cut to length of 3.4 m.

▪ A. 42.9 MHz
▪ B. 61.3 MHz
▪ C. 38.5 MHz
▪ D. 53.5 MHz
51. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Full duplex transmission means

▪ A. One way transmission


▪ B. 24-hour transmission
▪ C. Broadcast transmission
▪ D. Two-way simultaneous transmission
52. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Transmission system for a multidrop network

▪ A. Taken passing
▪ B. Polling
▪ C. Switching
▪ D. CSMA/CD
53. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Synchronous modems cost more than asynchronous modem because _______.

▪ A. They have larger bandwidth


▪ B. They are larger
▪ C. The production volume is larger
▪ D. They have clock recovery circuits
54. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What equation defines the composition of an ISDN basic access line?

▪ A. B+2D
▪ B. B+D
▪ C. 2B+2D
▪ D. 2B+D
55. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Modem is referred to as ______.

▪ A. Universal asynchronous Rx/Tx


▪ B. Data communication equipment
▪ C. Universal synchronous Rx/Tx
▪ D. Data terminal equipment
56. ECE Board Exam April 1997
_______ character signifies the start of the test for Bisync.

▪ A. STX
▪ B. ETX
▪ C. SOH
▪ D. BCC
57. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the reason why companding is employed in PCM systems?

▪ A. To overcome impulse noise in PCM receivers


▪ B. To allow amplitude limiting in the receivers
▪ C. To solve quantizing noise problem
▪ D. To protect small signals in PCM from quantizing distortion
58. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is framing?

▪ A. Is concerned of synchronous system


▪ B. Refers to parallel transmission
▪ C. Is concerned with the boundaries between characters
▪ D. Is concerned with individual bits
59. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The method of determining the bandwidth of any processing system is ______.

▪ A. Bandwidth analysis
▪ B. Frequency spectrum
▪ C. Spectral analysis
▪ D. Frequency analysis
60. ECE Board Exam April 1997
It is a protocol used to connect the other packet witching network.

▪ A. X.25
▪ B. X.50
▪ C. X.10
▪ D. X.75
61. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Slowest communications hardware product.
▪ A. Synchronous
▪ B. Asynchronous
▪ C. Ethernet
▪ D. Internet
62. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Highest theoretical frequency that can be processed at a sampling rate without
aliasing.

▪ A. Folding frequency
▪ B. Resonant frequency
▪ C. Natural frequency
▪ D. Critical frequency
63. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Data is directly on the transmission cable.

▪ A. Asynchronous
▪ B. Synchronous
▪ C. Baseband
▪ D. Broadband
64. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A source code whose average word length approaches the fundamental limit set by
the entropy of a discrete memory less source.

▪ A. Prefix code
▪ B. Huffman code
▪ C. Entropy code
▪ D. Source code
65. ECE Board Exam April 1997
______ sets the limit on the maximum capacity of a channel with a given noise level.

▪ A. Hartley theorem
▪ B. Shannon-hartley theorem
▪ C. Nyquist theorem
▪ D. Shannon theorem
66. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Gateway can interconnect LANs that have ____ protocols and formats.

▪ A. The same
▪ B. Different or the same
▪ C. Totally different
▪ D. None of these
67. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Steps to follow to produce PCM signal.

▪ A. Quantizing, sampling, and coding


▪ B. Sampling, quantizing, and coding
▪ C. Sampling, coding and quantizing
▪ D. Coding, quantizing and coding
68. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Transmission sent in both directions simultaneously.

▪ A. Full duplex
▪ B. Duplex
▪ C. Half duplex
▪ D. Simplex
69. ECE Board Exam April 1997
_______ detects the satellite signal relayed from the feed and converts it to an
electric current, amplifies and lower its frequency.

▪ A. Feedhorn
▪ B. Satellite dish
▪ C. Satellite receiver
▪ D. LNB
70. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What kind of battery panels are used in some advance satellites?

▪ A. Gallium Arsenide solar panel


▪ B. Germanium based panels
▪ C. Silicon based panels
▪ D. Gallium Phosphate solar panel
71. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Footprint refers to coverage area in the globe

▪ A. Satellite radiation polarization


▪ B. Satellite navigation
▪ C. Satellite radiation pattern
▪ D. Satellite coverage
72. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Asia Sat I covers how many countries in Asia?

▪ A. 38
▪ B. 40
▪ C. 44
▪ D. 42
73. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Insertion loss of connector-type splices for a single-mode fiber cable.

▪ A. 0.2 dB
▪ B. 0.3 dB
▪ C. 0.09 dB
▪ D. 0.38 dB
74. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A non-coherent light source for optical communications system.

▪ A. PIN Diode
▪ B. ILD
▪ C. APD
▪ D. LED
75. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Type of fiber that has the highest modal dispersion

▪ A. Step-index multimode
▪ B. Step-index single mode
▪ C. Graded index mode
▪ D. Graded index multimode
76. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Fiber optic cable operates near _______ frequencies.

▪ A. 800 THz
▪ B. 20 MHz
▪ C. 200 MHz
▪ D. 2 GHz
77. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Lifetime of ILD’s

▪ A. 150,000 h
▪ B. 100,000 h
▪ C. 50,000 h
▪ D. 200,000 h
78. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The sound energy per unit area at right angles to the propagation direction per unit
time.

▪ A. Sound intensity
▪ B. Loudness
▪ C. Coherence
▪ D. Sound stress
79. ECE Board Exam April 1997
_______ is the transmission of sound from one room to an adjacent room thru
common walls, floors or ceilings.

▪ A. Reverberation
▪ B. Refraction
▪ C. Flanking transmission
▪ D. Reflection
80. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The sound power level of a jet plane flying at a height of 1 km is 160 dB. What is the
maximum sound pressure level on the ground directly below the plane assuming
that the aircraft radiates sound equally in all directions?

▪ A. 59.1 dB
▪ B. 69.1 dB
▪ C. 79.1 dB
▪ D. 89.1 dB
81. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Lowest frequency produced by a musical instrument.

▪ A. Fundamental
▪ B. Midrange
▪ C. Period
▪ D. Harmonic
82. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Sound intensity level is ________.

▪ A. 10 log I/I(ref)
▪ B. 10 log I(ref)/I
▪ C. 30 log I/I(ref)
▪ D. 20 log I/I(ref)
83. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Tendency of sound energy to spread.

▪ A. Reflection
▪ B. Diffraction
▪ C. Rarefaction
▪ D. Refraction
84. ECE Board Exam April 1997
______ used to measure speech volume

▪ A. Volume meter
▪ B. Audio frequency meter
▪ C. Volume unit meter
▪ D. Speech meter
85. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the local oscillator frequency range commercial AM broadcast if it is equal
to 455 KHz.

▪ A. 540 to 1600 KHz


▪ B. 0 to 1600 KHz
▪ C. 995 to 2055 KHz
▪ D. 0 to 455 KHz
86. ECE Board Exam April 1997
TV channels 2, 4 and 5 are known as ________.

▪ A. Mid band UHF


▪ B. Low band UHF
▪ C. High band VHF
▪ D. Low band VHF
87. ECE Board Exam April 1997
______ is the first component of any MATV system to received broadcast signals.

▪ A. Receiver
▪ B. Antenna
▪ C. Filter
▪ D. Transmitter
88. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Mechanism or device which enables the TV camera to move in internal and tilting
motion.

▪ A. Tilting
▪ B. Scanner
▪ C. Pan/tilt device
▪ D. Panning device
89. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The allowable deviation ratio of commercial FM broadcast.

▪ A. 25
▪ B. 15
▪ C. 5
▪ D. 75
90. ECE Board Exam April 1997
______ is the time duration for one horizontal trace.

▪ A. 48µs
▪ B. 52 µs
▪ C. 62 µs
▪ D. 50 µs
91. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which is atmospheric attenuation?

▪ A. Attenuation due to rain


▪ B. Attenuation due to other gasses
▪ C. Attenuation due to mist and fog
▪ D. Due to water vapor and oxygen
92. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A microwave system that requires the use of repeater.
▪ A. Intervening terrain is favorable
▪ B. Distances involved are greater
▪ C. The required reliability is met
▪ D. All of these
93. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What frequency does oxygen causes excessive attenuation

▪ A. 119 GHz
▪ B. 183 GHz
▪ C. 310 GHz
▪ D. 60 GHz
94. ECE Board Exam April 1997
RADAR means

▪ A. Radio detection and rating


▪ B. Radio detection and ranging
▪ C. Radio distance and ranging
▪ D. Radio delay and ranging
95. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A microwave link between the earth station and the down-town terminal.

▪ A. STL
▪ B. Uplink
▪ C. Downlink
▪ D. Terrestrial link
96. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The advantage of periscope antenna in microwave

▪ A. Minimize interference to and from other neighboring stations


▪ B. Shorten waveguide link
▪ C. Reduce tower height
▪ D. All of these
97. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Professional Regulations Commission was created under ______.

▪ A. PD 323
▪ B. PD 223
▪ C. PD 232
▪ D. RA 223
98. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The institutionalization of the continuing Professional Education (CPE) Program of
the various regulated profession under the supervision of the Professional
Regulation Commission.

▪ A. E.O. No. 266


▪ B. E.O. No. 626
▪ C. E.O. No. 662
▪ D. P.D. 381
99. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The basic law providing for the regulation of radio station, communications in the
Philippines and other purposes.

▪ A. Act. No.`3846
▪ B. D.O. No. 11
▪ C. D.O. No. 88
▪ D. D.O. No. 5
100. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Listing of the date and time events, programs , equipment, test, malfunctions and
corrections in communication system.

▪ A. File
▪ B. Documentation
▪ C. Reporting
▪ D. Log
1. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Extra-terrestrial noise is observable at frequencies from

▪ A. 0 to 20 KHz
▪ B. Above 2 GHz
▪ C. 8 to 1.43 GHz
▪ D. 5 to 8 GHz
2. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Band of light waves, that are too short to be seen by human eye.

▪ A. Visible
▪ B. Infrared
▪ C. Ultraviolet
▪ D. Amber
3. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Two wires that are bent 90 degrees apart.

▪ A. Hertz
▪ B. Dipole
▪ C. Log-periodic
▪ D. Rhombic
4. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The first symbol in the designation of radio emission under the ITU rules to

▪ A. Nature of signals modulating the main carrier


▪ B. Type of information to be transmitted
▪ C. Bandwidth
▪ D. Type of modulation of the main carrier
5. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Operating method in which the transmission is made alternately in each direction of
a telecommunication channel

▪ A. Semi-duplex operation
▪ B. Duplex operation
▪ C. Half-duplex operation
▪ D. Simplex operation
6. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Production of radiation by a radio transmitting station

▪ A. Monitoring
▪ B. Emission
▪ C. Radiation
▪ D. Transmission
7. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The third symbol in the designation of radio emission under the ITU rules refers to
▪ A. Type of the modulation of the main carrier
▪ B. Bandwidth
▪ C. Nature of the signals modulating the main carrier
▪ D. Type of information to be transmitted
8. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A form of telecommunication for the transmission of transient images of fixed or
moving objects.

▪ A. E-mail
▪ B. Television
▪ C. Radio
▪ D. Internet
9. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Radiation pattern of a discone.

▪ A. Unidirectional
▪ B. Bidirectional
▪ C. Omnidirectional
▪ D. Figure of eight
10. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Another SEG function that allows a person to be superimposed on another scene.

▪ A. Visual effect
▪ B. Wiper
▪ C. Chroma keying
▪ D. Special effect generation
11. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What signal-to-noise ratio is required for satisfactory telephone services?

▪ A. 50 dB
▪ B. 30 dB
▪ C. 40dB
▪ D. 20 dB
12. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The use of telecommunication for automatic indicating or recording measurement
at the distance from the measuring instrument.

▪ A. Monitoring
▪ B. Tracking
▪ C. Telemetry
▪ D. Telecommand
13. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The standard deviation of the variation in the transmission loss of a circuit should not
exceed
▪ A. 3 dB
▪ B. 1 dB
▪ C. 5 dB
▪ D. 0.5dB
14. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Noise caused by the thermal agitation of electrons in resistance.

▪ A. White noise
▪ B. Thermal noise
▪ C. Johnson’s noise
▪ D. All of these
15. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Unity gain antenna

▪ A. Isotropic
▪ B. Rhombic
▪ C. Half-wave dipole
▪ D. Dummy
16. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The series of periodically recurrent pulses is modulated in amplitude by the
corresponding instantaneous samples.

▪ A. PFM
▪ B. PWM
▪ C. PDM
▪ D. PAM
17. ECE Board Exam April 1997
This type of transmission permits communication in the frequency range from 30 to
60 MHz and over distances from about 1000 to 2000 km.

▪ A. Troposcatter
▪ B. Ionospheric scatter
▪ C. Ducting
▪ D. Microwave
18. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A region in front of a paraboloid antenna.

▪ A. Transmission zone
▪ B. Fresnel
▪ C. Fraunhofer
▪ D. All of these
19. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Designates the sensation of low or high in the sense of the base and treble.

▪ A. Frequency
▪ B. Intensity
▪ C. Pitch
▪ D. SPL
20. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A good example of a pilot tone system used in commercial frequency modulation
stations.

▪ A. FDM
▪ B. Time division
▪ C. Stereo multiplexing
▪ D. Frequency modulation
21. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Emission on a frequency or frequencies immediately outside the necessary
bandwidth which result from the modulation process except spurious emission.

▪ A. Radiation
▪ B. Noise
▪ C. Out of the band
▪ D. Interference
22. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A helical antenna is used for satellite tracking because of ______.

▪ A. Broad bandwidth
▪ B. Good front-to-back
▪ C. Maneuverability
▪ D. Circular polarization
23. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Background noise is the same as the following except

▪ A. Impulse noise
▪ B. White noise
▪ C. Thermal noise
▪ D. Gaussian noise
24. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Electronic equipment used to measure standing wave ration.

▪ A. Reflectometer
▪ B. Wavemeter
▪ C. Altimeter
▪ D. Multimeter
25. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A single sideband emission in which the degree of carrier suppression enables the
carrier to be reconstituted and to be used for demodulation.

▪ A. Reduce carrier single sideband emission


▪ B. Half carrier single sideband emission
▪ C. Full carrier single sideband emission
▪ D. Standard single sideband emission
26. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Station in the mobile service not intended to be used while in motion.

▪ A. Coast station
▪ B. Fixed station
▪ C. Base station
▪ D. Land station
27. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The electric field lines in a plane perpendicular to the earth’s surface.

▪ A. Elliptical polarization
▪ B. Circular polarization
▪ C. Horizontal polarization
▪ D. Vertical polarization
28. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Known to be the first satellite capable to receive and transmit simultaneously.

▪ A. Score
▪ B. Syncom I
▪ C. Telstar 1
▪ D. Echo1
29. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A digital carrier facility used to transmit a DSI-formatted signal at 1.544. Mbps.

▪ A. T2
▪ B. T1
▪ C. T4
▪ D. T3
30. ECE Board Exam April 1997
12 voice channels are sampled at 8000 sampling rate and encoded into 8 bit PCM
word. Determine the rate of the data stream.

▪ a. 354 kbps
▪ b. 750 kbps
▪ c. 768 kbps
▪ d. 640 kbps
31. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The most common device used as a light detector in fiber optic communications
system.

▪ A. LED
▪ B. Darlington phototransistor
▪ C. APDs
▪ D. PIN diode
32. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Two resistors, 20kΩ, and 50kΩ are at ambient temperature. Calculate for a
bandwidth equal to 100kHz, the thermal noise voltage for the two resistors
connected in parallel.

▪ A. 0.4782µV
▪ B. 4278 µV
▪ C. 4.78 µV
▪ D. 47.8 µV
33. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Calculate the energy of the photon of infrared light energy at 1.55µm

▪ A. 1.28 x 10-19 J
▪ B. 1.6 x 10-19 J
▪ C. 1.22 x 10-16 J
▪ D. 1.9 x 10-14 J
34. ECE Board Exam April 1997
If a fiber optic system has a rise time of 38.55 ns, the source rise time is 12 ns and the
detector rise time is 12 ns, what is the cable rise time?

▪ A. 34.61 ns
▪ B. 14.55 ns
▪ C. 52.55 ns
▪ D. 26.25 ns
35. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Nominal voice channel

▪ A. 20 to 20 KHz
▪ B. 16 to 16 KHz
▪ C. 3 to 3 KHz
▪ D. 4 KHz
36. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Two or more antennas separated by 9 wavelengths are used.

▪ A. Hybrid diversity
▪ B. Space diversity
▪ C. Polarized diversity
▪ D. Frequency diversity
37. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Nif stands for

▪ A. Narrow intermediate frequency


▪ B. Noise interference figure
▪ C. Noise improvement factor
▪ D. Non-intrinsic figure
38. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Any small element of space in the path of a wave may be considered as a source of
secondary wavelet.

▪ A. De Morgan’s Principle
▪ B. Faraday’s Law
▪ C. Huygen’s Principle
▪ D. Fresnel’s Law of optics
39. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Modulation in which the modulated wave is always present.

▪ A. Carrier modulation
▪ B. Front-end
▪ C. Continuous modulation
▪ D. Log-periodic modulation
40. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Atmospheric noise is less at severe frequencies above

▪ A. Audio level
▪ B. 30 MHz
▪ C. 10 GHz
▪ D. 1 GHz
41. ECE Board Exam April 1997
At height about 180 km above the earth exist only during daylight.

▪ A. F2 layer
▪ B. D layer
▪ C. E layer
▪ D. F1 layer
42. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Radiation characteristics of a dipole

▪ A. Figure of eight
▪ B. Omnidirectional
▪ C. Bidirectional
▪ D. Unidirectional
43. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Determine the gain of a 6 ft. parabolic dish operating at 1800 MHz.

▪ A. 30 dB
▪ B. 11.2 dB
▪ C. 15.5 dB
▪ D. 28.17 dB
44. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An electromagnetic wave is ________ polarized when the electric field lies wholly in
one plane containing the direction of propagation.

▪ A. Horizontally
▪ B. Linearly
▪ C. Circularly
▪ D. Vertically
45. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A device that reduces the intensity of light in fiber optics communication systems.

▪ A. Reducer
▪ B. Quality factor
▪ C. Optical attenuator
▪ D. Compressor
46. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Propagation mode of microwave in a waveguide is known as _______.

▪ A. TM
▪ B. TE
▪ C. SW
▪ D. TEM
47. ECE Board Exam April 1997

The width of the frequency band which is just sufficient to ensure the transmission
of information at the rate and with the quality required under a specified condition
and class of emission.

▪ A. Occupied bandwidth
▪ B. Reference frequency
▪ C. Necessary bandwidth
▪ D. Frequency tolerance bandwidth
48. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A convenient method of determining antenna impedance.

▪ A. Stub matching
▪ B. Reactance circle
▪ C. Smith chart
▪ D. Trial and error
49. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which of the following fall under the high frequency band of the radio spectrum?

▪ A. 8.2345 MHz
▪ B. 150.50 MHz
▪ C. 2.4555 MHz
▪ D. 35.535 MHz
50. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The electric field lies in a plane parallel to the earth’s surface.

▪ A. Elliptical polarization
▪ B. Horizontal polarization
▪ C. Vertical polarization
▪ D. Circular polarization
51. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The use of telecommunication for the transmission of signals to initiate, modify or
terminate functions of equipment at a distance.

▪ A. Tracking
▪ B. Telemetry
▪ C. Telecommand
▪ D. Space telemetry
52. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The product of the power supplied to the antenna and its gain relative to a half-
wave dipole in a given direction.

▪ A. Peak envelope power


▪ B. ERP
▪ C. Rated power
▪ D. Carrier power’
53. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The Ku-band in the satellite service

▪ A. 14/11 GHz
▪ B. 30/17 GHz
▪ C. 8/7 GHz
▪ D. 6/4 GHz
54. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The sinusoidal carrier is pulsed so that one of the binary states is represented by a
carrier while the other is represented by its absence.

▪ A. FSK
▪ B. ASK
▪ C. PSK
▪ D. QAM
55. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Width measured in degrees of a major lobes between end of the love at which the
relative power is one half (-3dB) its value from the peak of the lobe.

▪ A. Bandwidth
▪ B. Wavelength
▪ C. Radiation
▪ D. Beamwidth
56. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The most common unit of noise measurement in white noise voltage testing.

▪ A. NPR
▪ B. dBm
▪ C. dBW
▪ D. dBrn
57. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Any governmental office responsible in discharging the obligations undertaken in
the convention of the ITU and the regulation.

▪ A. Administration
▪ B. The union
▪ C. Country
▪ D. Telecommunications office
58. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A large speaker having a large diameter (15 cm and above)

▪ A. Coaxial speaker
▪ B. Woofer
▪ C. Tweeter
▪ D. Trixial speaker
59. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Coaxial lines are used on those systems operating _______.

▪ A. Below 2 GHz
▪ B. At 300 MHz
▪ C. Above 10KHz
▪ D. Above 10GHz
60. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Determine the dynamic range for a 10 bit sign magnitude code.

▪ A. 1023
▪ B. 425
▪ C. 511
▪ D. 756
61. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A coherent binary phase shift keyed BPSK transmitter operates at a bit rate of 20
Mbps with a carrier to noise ratio C/N of 8.8dB. Find Eb/No.

▪ A. 73 dB
▪ B. 62.4 dB
▪ C. 81.8 dB
▪ D. 8.8 dB
62. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Receives and collects satellite signals form a broadcast satellite.

▪ A. LNB
▪ B. Yagi-Uda array
▪ C. Satellite receiver
▪ D. Satellite disk
63. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the effect in over modulated amplitude modulated radio broadcasting
transmission?

▪ A. Interference to adjacent channel


▪ B. Higher fidelity
▪ C. Increase noise
▪ D. Higher audio signal
64. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Average power of a radio transmitter supplied to the antenna transmission line by a
transmitter during one radio frequency cycle taken under the condition of no
modulation.

▪ A. Peak envelop power


▪ B. Rated power
▪ C. Carrier power
▪ D. Mean power
65. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A method of expressing the amplitude of complex non-periodic signals such as
speech.

▪ A. Frequency
▪ B. Wavelength
▪ C. Volume
▪ D. Pitch
66. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A government regulation in telecommunication which provide policy to improve the
provision of local exchange carrier service.

▪ A. E.O. 109
▪ B. Act 3846
▪ C. E.O. 59
▪ D. E.O. 546
67. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Radio communication operation service between mobile and land stations or
between mobile stations.
▪ A. Land mobile satellite service
▪ B. Maritime mobile service
▪ C. Mobile service
▪ D. Land mobile
68. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The smaller the f rating, the _____ light that lens can take in.

▪ A. More
▪ B. Intense
▪ C. Less
▪ D. Same
69. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A radio communications service use in radio regulation between specified fixed
points provided primarily for the safety of air navigation and for the regular efficient
and economical air transport.

▪ A. Space operation service


▪ B. Space service
▪ C. Aeronautical mobile service
▪ D. Aeronautical fixed service
70. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Harmonic suppressor connected to an antenna.

▪ A. High pass filter


▪ B. Low pass filter
▪ C. Tank circuit
▪ D. M-derived filter
71. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The tendency of the sound energy to spread.

▪ A. Rarefaction
▪ B. Reflection
▪ C. Refraction
▪ D. Diffraction
72. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An earth satellite whose period of revolution is equal to the period of rotation of the
earth about its axis.

▪ A. Geosynchronous
▪ B. Steerable
▪ C. Passive
▪ D. Active
73. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A figure of merit used to measure the performance of a radiation detector.
▪ A. Noise equivalent power
▪ B. Ripple factor
▪ C. Safe factor
▪ D. Quality factor
74. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Radio wave concentration in the direction of the signal emitted by a directional
antenna.

▪ A. Back lobe radiation


▪ B. Side lobe radiation
▪ C. Major lobe radiation
▪ D. Transmitted signal
75. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the channel bandwidth of a standard analogue telephone system?

▪ A. 300 – 500 Hz
▪ B. 1200 kHz
▪ C. 100 – 300 Hz
▪ D. 300 – 3400 Hz
76. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A satellite receives an uplink frequency of _______ MHz from a ground station of
3700 MHz.

▪ A. 8150 MHz
▪ B. 1475 MHz
▪ C. 2225 MHz
▪ D. 5925 MHz
77. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The outer conductor of a coaxial transmission line is always grounded at the

▪ A. Input only
▪ B. Input and output
▪ C. Output only
▪ D. Point of high SWR
78. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Sound intensity is given as

▪ A. df/dP
▪ B. dE/dp
▪ C. dA/dP
▪ D. dP/dA
79. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The lowest frequency produced by an instrument.

▪ A. Harmonic
▪ B. Fundamental
▪ C. Midrange
▪ D. 0 Hz
80. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The reflector and director of an antenna array are considered as

▪ A. Parasitic elements
▪ B. Transcendental elements
▪ C. Feed-points
▪ D. Driven elements
81. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The core of the optical fiber has ______.

▪ A. A medium index of refraction


▪ B. A lower index of refraction than the cladding
▪ C. A lower index of refraction than air
▪ D. A higher index of refraction than the cladding
82. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What makes an antenna physically long but electrically short?

▪ A. Top loading
▪ B. Adding C in series
▪ C. Adding L in series
▪ D. All of these
83. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An AM transmitter is rated 100W at 100% modulation. How much power required for
the carrier?

▪ A. 33.33 W
▪ B. 66.66 W
▪ C. 83.33 W
▪ D. 100 W
84. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Used for time division multiplexing.

▪ A. Frequency modulation
▪ B. Pulsed modulation
▪ C. SSB
▪ D. Amplitude modulation
85. ECE Board Exam April 1997
A means of beyond the line-of-sight propagation of microwave signal.

▪ A. Space wave
▪ B. Microwave link
▪ C. Troposcatter
▪ D. Point-to-point
86. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Which of the following refers to the smallest beam of satellite antenna’s radiation
pattern?

▪ A. Hemispheric beam
▪ B. Spot beam
▪ C. Zone beam
▪ D. Global beam
87. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Theoretical gain of a hertzian dipole

▪ A. 0 dB
▪ B. 1.76 dB
▪ C. 3 dB
▪ D. 2.15 dB
88. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Satellite system or part of a satellite system, consisting of only one satellite and the
operating earth station.

▪ A. Satellite system
▪ B. Satellite network
▪ C. Space system
▪ D. Multi-satellite link
89. ECE Board Exam April 1997
The difference between the original and reconstructed signal gives rise to

▪ A. S factor
▪ B. Quantizing noise
▪ C. S/N
▪ D. Fade margin
90. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An area in the memory used for temporary storage of information, on “Last in First
out” basis.

▪ A. Core
▪ B. Register
▪ C. Flag
▪ D. Stack
91. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Refers to a land station in a maritime mobile service

▪ A. Coast station
▪ B. Ship earth station
▪ C. Coast earth station
▪ D. Maritime station
92. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Modulation in which no signal is present between pulses

▪ A. Pulse modulation
▪ B. QAM
▪ C. PSK
▪ D. FSK
93. ECE Board Exam April 1997
In the designation of bandwidth and emission, what letter in the first symbol
represents a double-sideband type of modulation?

▪ A. A
▪ B. B
▪ C. C
▪ D. H
94. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Loss due to the diffraction of light when it strikes on the irregularities formed during
the manufacturing process of the fiber optics.

▪ A. Absorption loss
▪ B. Attenuation
▪ C. Bending loss
▪ D. Rayleigh scattering loss
95. ECE Board Exam April 1997
What is the unit of electric field strength?

▪ A. Watt/meter
▪ B. Ohms/meter
▪ C. Ampere/meter
▪ D. Watt/meter2
▪ E. No answer
96. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Refers to the first generation of local loop system in telecommunication technology.

▪ A. GSM
▪ B. DECT
▪ C. Analogue cellular
▪ D. TACS
97. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An area on the surface of the earth within which the bore sight of the steerable
satellite beam intended to be pointed

▪ A. Effective boresight area


▪ B. Countour boresight area
▪ C. Coordination boresight are
▪ D. Equivalent boresight area
98. ECE Board Exam April 1997
For a sample rate of 40 kHz, determine the maximum analog input frequency

▪ A. 30 kHz
▪ B. 40 kHz
▪ C. 20 kHz
▪ D. 10 kHz
99. ECE Board Exam April 1997
An antenna that can only receive a television signal.

▪ A. Isotropic antenna
▪ B. TVRO
▪ C. Reference antenna
▪ D. Yagi antenna
100. ECE Board Exam April 1997
Halo is also called

▪ A. Flare
▪ B. Dark current
▪ C. Glitch
▪ D. Ghost
1. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Space diversity transmission means transmitting and receiving on _______.

▪ A. Two or more antennas operating on two different frequencies


▪ B. Two or more identical frequencies
▪ C. Two or more antennas operating on the same frequency
▪ D. Two or more different frequency
2. ECE Board Exam April 1998
An increase in the effective power radiated by an antenna in a certain desired
direction at the expense of power radiated in other directions.

▪ A. Antenna gain
▪ B. Antenna back lobe ration
▪ C. Antenna total ration
▪ D. Antenna efficiency
3. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A radio land station in the land mobile service

▪ A. Mobile station
▪ B. Land station
▪ C. Base station
▪ D. Ship earth station
4. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A major and basic advantage for the use of a klystron.

▪ A. High power
▪ B. Efficiency
▪ C. Lesser noise
▪ D. Cheaper
5. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A band where most military satellite often operate

▪ A. Ku
▪ B. C
▪ C. X
▪ D. L
6. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The final power amplifier in an FM transmitter usually operates class ______.

▪ A. AB
▪ B. C
▪ C. B
▪ D. A
7. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In television broadcasting vivid strong colors are often referred as _______.
▪ A. Saturation
▪ B. Hue
▪ C. Chrominance
▪ D. Luminance
8. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Where do the maximum current and minimum voltage values on a resonant Hertz
dipole exist?

▪ A. Center of the antenna


▪ B. Near the end of the antenna
▪ C. Near the center of the antenna
▪ D. Ends of the antenna
9. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How can the antenna efficiency of an HF grounded vertical antenna be made
comparable to that of a half-wave antenna?

▪ A. By lengthening the vertical


▪ B. By installing a good ground radial system
▪ C. By shortening the vertical
▪ D. By isolating the coax shield from ground
10. ECE Board Exam April 1998
At what distance is VHF propagation normally limited?

▪ A. Around 500 miles


▪ B. Around 1500 miles
▪ C. Around 2000 miles
▪ D. Around 1000 miles
11. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is meant by the term antenna efficiency?

▪ A. Efficiency = effective radiated power/transmitter output x 100%


▪ B. Efficiency = radiation resistance/ transmission resistance
▪ C. Efficiency = total resistance/radiation resistance x 100%
▪ D. Efficiency = radiation resistance/total resistance x 100%
12. ECE Board Exam April 1998
This is referred to as a fixed radio station that broadcasts program material from
studio to transmitter by radio link.

▪ A. Aural BC intercity relay


▪ B. Aural broadcast STL
▪ C. Shortwave station
▪ D. Remote-pickup
13. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What law does a light traveling in air optical fiber follow?
▪ A. Millman
▪ B. Snell’s
▪ C. Maxwell
▪ D. Huygen
14. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is designated as the international distress, safety and calling
frequency for radio telephony for stations of the maritime mobile service when
using frequencies in the authorized bands between 156 and 174 MHz?

▪ A. 165.8 MHz
▪ B. 156.8 MHz
▪ C. 158.6 MHz
▪ D. 168.5 MHz
15. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A device that connects two dissimilar networks and performs the protocol
conversion.

▪ A. Gateway
▪ B. Coupler
▪ C. Transformer
▪ D. Converter
16. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The use of telecommunication for the transmission of signals to initiate, modify or
terminate functions of equipment at a distance.

▪ A. Tracking
▪ B. space command
▪ C. Telecommand
▪ D. Trunking
17. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Best described a dip-meter.

▪ A. A variable LC oscillator with metered feedback current


▪ B. An SWR meter
▪ C. A counter
▪ D. A field strength meter
18. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to an emission designation for facsimile?

▪ A. J3E and F4E


▪ B. A3J and A4E
▪ C. A3E and F3C
▪ D. R3E and A3E
19. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How does a SSB transmitter output power normally expressed?
▪ A. Average power
▪ B. In terms of peak envelop power
▪ C. In terms of peak-to-peak power
▪ D. Peak power
20. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In satellite communication, the Geostationary satellites are conveniently located
with respect to the equator at _______.

▪ A. 45 degrees latitude
▪ B. 90 degrees latitude
▪ C. 0 degrees latitude
▪ D. 5 degrees latitude
21. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Known as the technique for adding a series inductor at or near the center of an
antenna element in order to cancel the capacitive reactance of an antenna.

▪ A. Dipole
▪ B. Center loading
▪ C. Reflector
▪ D. loading coil
22. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is meant by the term antenna bandwidth

▪ A. Antenna length divided by the number of elements.


▪ B. The angle between the half-power radiation points
▪ C. The frequency range over which and antenna can be expected to perform
well
▪ D. The angle formed between two imaginary line drawn through the ends of the
elements
23. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A multiple access technique used in GSM cellular system

▪ A. TACS
▪ B. FDMA
▪ C. TDMA
▪ D. CDMA
24. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to an effect of selective fading.

▪ A. A fading effect caused by phase differences between radio wave


components of the same transmission, as experienced at the receiving station.
▪ B. A fading effect caused by small changes in beam heading at the receiving
station.
▪ C. A fading effect caused by the time differences between the receiving and
transmitting stations.
▪ D. A fading effect caused by large changes in the height of the ionosphere, as
experienced at the receiving station.
25. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Where the voltage node of a half-wave antenna does exists?

▪ A. At feed point
▪ B. Near the center
▪ C. At center
▪ D. Near the feed point
26. ECE Board Exam April 1998
This is a flexible vertical rod antenna commonly used on mobiles.

▪ A. Marconi
▪ B. Hertz
▪ C. Whip
▪ D. Ground plane
27. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred to as an average power from the radio transmitter supplied to the antenna
transmission line taken during one radio frequency cycle under no modulation.

▪ A. Carrier power
▪ B. Rated power
▪ C. Peak envelop power
▪ D. Mean power
28. ECE Board Exam April 1998
_______ is a major cause of the sporadic-E condition

▪ A. Temperature inversions
▪ B. Sunspots
▪ C. Meteors
▪ D. Wind shear
29. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following refers to a double side band full carrier?

▪ A. A3E
▪ B. A3J
▪ C. F3
▪ D. R3A
30. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the basic qualification of an applicant for public carrier network before a
certificate of public convenience or a provisional authority is issued?

▪ A. Franchise
▪ B. SEC document
▪ C. Business permit
▪ D. Radio station license
31. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How wide is the spectrum bandwidth of a single GSM carrier?

▪ A. 100 kHz
▪ B. 200 kHz
▪ C. 50 kHz
▪ D. 16 kHz
32. ECE Board Exam April 1998
With which emission type is the capture-effect most pronounced?

▪ A. CW
▪ B. FM
▪ C. SSB
▪ D. AM
33. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is a dummy antenna?

▪ A. One which is used as a reference for gain measurements


▪ B. And antenna used for hand-held radio
▪ C. An non-directional transmitting antenna
▪ D. A non-radiating load for a transmitter used for testing
34. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Best description of a collinear and broadside antenna radiation pattern.

▪ A. Bidirectional
▪ B. Perfect circle
▪ C. Unidirectional
▪ D. Omnidirectional
35. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A satellite beam that covers almost 42.4% of earths surface.

▪ A. Spot beam
▪ B. Global beam
▪ C. Zone beam
▪ D. Hemispheric beam
36. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The modulation technique used by GSM cellular system

▪ A. Phase shift keying


▪ B. Frequency shift keying
▪ C. Gaussian minimum shift keying
▪ D. QAM
37. ECE Board Exam April 1998
________ generates light beam at a specific visible frequency.
▪ A. Glass fiber
▪ B. Infrared
▪ C. Light waves
▪ D. Laser
38. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The most common application of satellites

▪ A. Surveillance
▪ B. Reconnaissance
▪ C. Defense systems
▪ D. Communication
39. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred to the dielectric constant of a transmission line material.

▪ A. Inductance and capacitance


▪ B. Velocity factor
▪ C. Characteristic impedance
▪ D. Propagation velocity
40. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred to as a ferrite device that can be used in lieu of a duplexer to isolate a
microwave transmitter and receiver when both are connected to the same antenna.

▪ A. Isolator
▪ B. Circulator
▪ C. Coupler
▪ D. Diode.
41. ECE Board Exam April 1998
_______ is more prevalent in analog signals that have steep slopes or whose
amplitudes vary rapidly.

▪ A. Peak limiting
▪ B. Quantization noise
▪ C. Granular noise
▪ D. Slope overload
42. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Station located on an object which is beyond and is intended to go beyond the
major portion of the earth’s atmosphere.

▪ A. Terrestrial station
▪ B. Space station
▪ C. Satellite station
▪ D. Mobile satellite station
43. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A radio frequency in the ultra high frequency band of the radio spectrum band.
▪ A. 235.50 MHz
▪ B. 450.50 MHz
▪ C. 150.50 GHz
▪ D. 0.31250 GHz
44. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Technical study which deals with production, transport and delivery of a quality
signal from source to destination.

▪ A. Transmission system engineering


▪ B. Communication system engineering
▪ C. Telephony engineering
▪ D. Telegraphic engineering
45. ECE Board Exam April 1998
It is used to connect computers in the same building or in same area

▪ A. MAN
▪ B. LAN
▪ C. SWITCH
▪ D. WAN
46. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred by radio regulation as the station in the mobile service not intended to be
used while in motion.

▪ A. Fixed station
▪ B. Base station
▪ C. Land station
▪ D. Coast station
47. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the mixing process?

▪ A. Distortion caused by auroral propagation


▪ B. The combination of two signals to produce sum and difference frequencies.
▪ C. The elimination of noise in wideband receiver by phase differentiation
▪ D. The elimination of noise in a wideband receiver by phase comparison
48. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following systems is not used in radio detection and ranging?

▪ A. Frequency shift
▪ B. Frequency modulation
▪ C. Pulse radar
▪ D. Amplitude modulation
49. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Considered as the main source of an internal noise.

▪ A. Device imperfection
▪ B. Thermal agitation
▪ C. Temperature change
▪ D. Flicker
50. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In shipboard satellite dish antennas system, azimuth is referred as the _______.

▪ A. 0 to 90 degrees
▪ B. Vertical aiming of the antenna
▪ C. North to East
▪ D. Horizontal aiming of the antenna
51. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the period of a wave?

▪ A. The number of degrees in tone cycle


▪ B. The number of zero crossing in one cycle
▪ C. The amplitude of the wave
▪ D. The time required to complete one cycle
52. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Is the total useful information processed or communicated over a specific amount
of time

▪ A. Baud rate
▪ B. Bit rate
▪ C. Information theory
▪ D. Throughput
53. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the approximate percentage of earth coverage of a geostationary satellite at
zero degree elevation?

▪ A. 33.3%
▪ B. 45.2%
▪ C. 42.5%
▪ D. 30.5%
54. ECE Board Exam April 1998
This refers to an area in the memory used for temporary storage of information on
the basis of “Last in First out”.

▪ A. Core
▪ B. Register
▪ C. Flag
▪ D. Stack
55. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is a driven element of an antenna?

▪ A. Always the rearmost element


▪ B. Always the forward most element
▪ C. The element fed by the transmission line
▪ D. The element connected to the rotator
56. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following term best described the overload distortion?

▪ A. Peak limiting
▪ B. Quantization noise
▪ C. Granular noise
▪ D. Slope distortion
57. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What do you mean by the outward flow of and energy from any source in the form
of radio waves?

▪ A. Radiation
▪ B. Emission
▪ C. Encoding
▪ D. Tracking
58. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refer to the deviation of the operating frequency of a crystal oscillator from its
nominal value due to temperature variations.

▪ A. Drift
▪ B. Flash over
▪ C. Frequency deviation
▪ D. Deviation ratio
59. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Find the product of the following binary number 100 to 101.

▪ A. 11000
▪ B. 10100
▪ C. 10010
▪ D. 11100
60. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is and impedance matching ration of coax balun?

▪ A. 2:8
▪ B. 1:2
▪ C. 4:1
▪ D. 2:1
61. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Quantity that do not change when a beam of light enters on e medium to another.

▪ A. Frequency
▪ B. Wavelength
▪ C. Direction
▪ D. Speed
62. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following described the very early standard that defines binary digits
as space/mark line condition and voltage levels?

▪ A. V.4
▪ B. V.2
▪ C. V.1
▪ D. V.5
63. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A form of single sideband emission where the degree of carrier suppression enable
the carrier to be reconstituted and be used for demodulation.

▪ A. Half carrier single sideband emission


▪ B. Full carrier single sideband emission
▪ C. Reduced carrier single sideband emission
▪ D. Double sideband emission
64. ECE Board Exam April 1998
An instrument for recording waveforms of audio frequency.

▪ A. Oscilloscope
▪ B. Phonoscope
▪ C. Radioscope
▪ D. Audioscope
65. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How much is the required minimum power output of an international AM BC
stations?

▪ A. 5 kW
▪ B. 30 kW
▪ C. 10 kW
▪ D. 50 kW
66. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the equivalent of decimal 51 in binary?

▪ A. 111011
▪ B. 110011
▪ C. 111001
▪ D. 100011
67. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the first satellite system catering personal based communications services
scheduled for operation.

▪ A. Iridium system
▪ B. Plutonium system
▪ C. Indium system
▪ D. Gallium system
68. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What do you call a circuit that controls the magnetron output?

▪ A. Inverter
▪ B. Impeller
▪ C. Modulator
▪ D. Converter
69. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Known as the satellite transmitted signal form a satellite transponder to earth’s
station.

▪ A. Uplink
▪ B. Down link
▪ C. RHCP
▪ D. Vertically polarized
70. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following colors of light rays has the shortest wavelength?

▪ A. Yellow
▪ B. Violet
▪ C. Red
▪ D. Blue
71. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Antenna which is not properly terminated

▪ A. Isotropic
▪ B. Non-resonant
▪ C. Whip
▪ D. Resonant
72. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Term in communication which is referred, “to send out in all direction”.

▪ A. Announce
▪ B. Broadcast
▪ C. Transmit
▪ D. Media
73. ECE Board Exam April 1998
At the ends of a half-wave antenna, what values of current and voltage exist
compared to the remainder of the antenna?

▪ A. Minimum voltage and minimum current


▪ B. Equal voltage and current
▪ C. Minimum voltage and maximum current
▪ D. Maximum voltage and minimum current.
74. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following stands for SONET acronym in telecommunication

▪ A. System optical network


▪ B. Simple operation network
▪ C. Synchronous optical network
▪ D. System operating network
75. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How can intermodulation interference between two transmitters in close proximity
reduced or eliminated?

▪ A. Through installing a band-pass filter in the antenna feed line


▪ B. Through installing terminated circulator or ferrite isolator in the feed line of
the transmitter and duplexer
▪ C. By using a class C final amplifier with high driving power
▪ D. By installing a low-pass filter in the antenna feed line
76. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What propagation condition is usually indicated when a VHF signal is received from
a station over 5000 miles away?

▪ A. Moonbounce
▪ B. D-layer absorption
▪ C. Tropospheric ducting
▪ D. Faraday rotation
77. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In radio High frequency communications the higher the radio frequency the ______.

▪ A. Higher it can reach


▪ B. Shorter it can reach
▪ C. Effect is null
▪ D. Longer it can reach
78. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The signal to noise ratio that is required for a satisfactory television reception.

▪ A. 30 dB
▪ B. 40 dB
▪ C. 10 dB
▪ D. 20 dB
79. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is meant by referring to electromagnetic waves as horizontally polarized?

▪ A. The electric field is parallel to the earth


▪ B. Both the electric and magnetic fields are vertical
▪ C. Both the electric and magnetic fields are horizontal
▪ D. The magnetic fields is parallel to the earth
80. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is emission F3F?

▪ A. Facsimile
▪ B. Modulated CW
▪ C. RTTY
▪ D. Television
81. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How can receiver desensitizing be reduced?

▪ A. Increase the receiver bandwidth


▪ B. Ensure good RF shielding between the transmitter and receiver
▪ C. Increase the transmitter audio gain
▪ D. Decrease the receiver squelch, gain.
82. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Circuit used to amplify the optical signal in fiber optics communications links.

▪ A. Attenuator
▪ B. Optical repeater
▪ C. Optical amplifier
▪ D. Generator
83. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What do you call the single booster installed on the antenna dish of satellite
receiver?

▪ A. Low noise amplifier


▪ B. Single amplifier
▪ C. Noise amplifier
▪ D. Rectifier
84. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Term for the transmission of printed pictures by radio?

▪ A. Facsimile
▪ B. ACSSB
▪ C. Xerography
▪ D. Television
85. ECE Board Exam April 1998
An interfering current in a telegraph or signaling channel due to telegraph or
signaling current by another channel.

▪ A. Crosstalk
▪ B. Noise current
▪ C. Crossfire
▪ D. Intermodulation
86. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Where is the noise generated that primarily determines the signal-to-noise ratio in a
VHF (150 MHz) marine-band receiver?

▪ A. In the ionosphere
▪ B. In the receiver rear end
▪ C. In the receiver front end
▪ D. In the atmosphere
87. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Known as the data transfer scheme that used handmaking principle.

▪ A. Synchronous data transfer scheme


▪ B. DMA data transfer scheme
▪ C. Asynchronous data transfer scheme
▪ D. Uninterrupted data transfer scheme
88. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Type of modulation used in TV broadcast visual transmitter.

▪ A. Pulse modulation
▪ B. DSBFC
▪ C. Vestigial sideband
▪ D. SSBFC
89. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A transmitter supplies 8 kW to the antenna when it is unmodulated, determine the
total radiated power when modulated at 30%.

▪ A. 5 kW
▪ B. 20 kW
▪ C. 15 kW
▪ D. 8.36 kW
90. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Best describe as an amplifier used in radio telephony.

▪ A. Magnifier
▪ B. Class B
▪ C. Class C
▪ D. Class A
91. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The latest government regulation in the telecommunication which provides policy
for the provision of local exchange carrier service.

▪ A. E.O. 546
▪ B. E.O. 109
▪ C. Act 3948
▪ D. E.O. 59
92. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred to as the stage in the radio receiver that contributes most of the noise.

▪ A. IF amplifier
▪ B. Supply stage
▪ C. Speaker
▪ D. Mixer
93. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The frequency tolerance of an AM radio broadcast station

▪ A. 200 Hz
▪ B. 2000 Hz
▪ C. 20 Hz
▪ D. 2 Hz
94. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What are electromagnetic waves?

▪ A. A wave consisting of two magnetic fields at right angles to each other


▪ B. A wave consisting of an electric field and a magnetic field at right angles to
each other.
▪ C. Alternating currents in the core of an electromagnet
▪ D. A wave consisting of two electric fields at right angles to each other
95. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the frequency range of C-band?

▪ A. 10.95 to 14.5 GHz


▪ B. 27.5 to 31 GHz
▪ C. 3.4 to 6.424 GHz
▪ D. 1.53 to 2.7 GHz
96. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Determine from the following the basic mode of transmission system in the public
data network in which data are transferred from the source to the network and from
the network to the destination in the frame format.

▪ A. Voice mode
▪ B. Asynchronous mode
▪ C. Synchronous mode
▪ D. Packet mode
97. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to a type of beam antenna which uses two or more straight elements
arranged in line with each other.

▪ A. Dipole antenna
▪ B. Yagi antenna
▪ C. Whip antenna
▪ D. Rhombic antenna
98. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is a frequency discriminator?

▪ A. A circuit for filtering two closely adjacent signals


▪ B. A circuit for detecting FM signals
▪ C. An FM generator
▪ D. An automatic bandswitching circuit.
99. ECE Board Exam April 1998
These are used to connect non-ISDN equipment of ISDN line.

▪ A. Digipeaters
▪ B. Terminal adapters
▪ C. Local repeaters
▪ D. Terminal repeaters
100. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The executive branch of government in charge of policy making in the
telecommunications.

▪ A. National telecommunications commission


▪ B. Telecommunications control bureau
▪ C. Department of transportation and communications
▪ D. Bureau of telecommunications
1. ECE Board Exam April 1998
When adjusting an RF filter on a transmitter using a dummy load, how much watts
dissipation should it stand to test a 150 watts transmitter?

▪ A. 75 watts
▪ B. 300 watts
▪ C. 50 watts
▪ D. 150 watts
2. ECE Board Exam April 1998
When does broadcast station conduct and equipment test?

▪ A. During day time


▪ B. During night time
▪ C. At any time
▪ D. During experimental period
3. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Channel 7 of the regular television channel belongs to which band?

▪ A. Low VHF band


▪ B. High VHF band
▪ C. Low UHF band
▪ D. High UHF band
4. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is one of the possible causes for a slow drift of frequency in a
self exited transmitter oscillator circuits resulting to a poor frequency stability?

▪ A. Poor soldered connections


▪ B. Power supply voltage changes
▪ C. Loose connections in the oscillator, amplifier, or antenna circuits
▪ D. DC and RF heating of resistors, causing then to change values.
5. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A third symbol radio emission which represent telephone transmission including
sound broadcasting.

▪ A. W
▪ B. F
▪ C. C
▪ D. E
6. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is not a common microwave application?

▪ A. Radar
▪ B. Data transmission
▪ C. Space communications
▪ D. Mobile radio
7. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is referred to as a radio emission without sidebands

▪ A. Analog
▪ B. Carrier
▪ C. Data
▪ D. Voice
8. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Ho w many times bigger does the bandwidth of a fiber optic multimode have over a
cable?

▪ A. 50 times bigger
▪ B. 100 times bigger
▪ C. 10 times bigger
▪ D. 5 times bigger
9. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Type of antenna which is normally used for satellite tracking service.

▪ A. Omni
▪ B. Helical
▪ C. Yagi
▪ D. Dipole
10. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is referred to as a major component of an optical time domain
reflectometer

▪ A. Pulse generator and vertical plate


▪ B. Laser and horizontal plate
▪ C. Pulse generator laser
▪ D. Vertical and horizontal plate
11. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the commonly used domain in the internet service.

▪ A. Yahoo
▪ B. http
▪ C. com
▪ D. www
12. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is meant by the term radiation resistance for an antenna?

▪ A. The resistance in the trap coils to received signal


▪ B. An equivalent resistance that would dissipate the same amount of power as
that radiated from an antenna
▪ C. The specific impedance of the antenna
▪ D. Losses in the antenna elements and feed line
13. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Referred to an oscillator signal “leak through” from a properly neutralized amplifier
such as a master oscillator power amplifier.

▪ A. Carrier
▪ B. Stray signal
▪ C. Back wave
▪ D. Loss wave
14. ECE Board Exam April 1998
An advantage of optic fiber rejecting an induced noise signals from magnetic field or
solar storms flux.

▪ A. Electric hazard
▪ B. Cross talk
▪ C. Immunity to noise
▪ D. Shielding
15. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What kind of effect is referred to a varying light producing a varying voltage output
of a detector?

▪ A. Current effect
▪ B. Voltage effect
▪ C. Resistive effect
▪ D. Photovoltaic effect
16. ECE Board Exam April 1998
______ is known to be the first satellite capable of receiving and transmitting
simultaneously.

▪ A. Syncom I
▪ B. Telstar I
▪ C. Score
▪ D. Aguila
17. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The extremely high frequency (EHF) band is in the radio spectrum range of _______.

▪ A. 30 to 300 kHz
▪ B. 30 to 300 GHz
▪ C. 3 to 30 MHz
▪ D. 3 to 30 GHz
18. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is not among the advantages of series modulation

▪ A. No transformer
▪ B. Suppressed white noise
▪ C. Simple
▪ D. Modulates any frequency
19. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What do you call the service area of a standard AM broadcast where fading is
allowed but not objectionable co-channel interference?

▪ A. Experimental
▪ B. Secondary
▪ C. Tertiary
▪ D. Primary
20. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A third symbol emission which represent television.

▪ A. C
▪ B. D
▪ C. F
▪ D. A
21. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In telecommunications when we call data communications it means the
transmission of________.

▪ A. Voice and video


▪ B. Voice
▪ C. Video
▪ D. Computer data
22. ECE Board Exam April 1998
If frequency range of 401.000MHz to 401.050MHz has to be channelized at 12.5 kHz
between channel, what is the center of its first channel from the lower limit?

▪ A. 401.125 MHz
▪ B. 401.00625 MHz
▪ C. 401.025 MHz
▪ D. 401.0125 MHz
23. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Determine the effective radiated power of 20 kW TV broadcast transmitter whose
antenna has a field gain of 2.

▪ A. 40 kW
▪ B. 80,000 watts
▪ C. 40,000 watts
▪ D. 8,000 watts
24. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In indication signal for a handshake form the DCE to the DTE in response to an active
condition for the request to send a signal.

▪ A. Data transmission
▪ B. Clear to send
▪ C. Receive data
▪ D. Data set ready
25. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In amplitude modulation technique the unmodulated carrier is referred to as having
______.

▪ A. 100% modulation
▪ B. 0% modulation
▪ C. 50% modulated
▪ D. Over modulated
26. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is not among the major components required on board ship
under the global maritime distress and safety system.

▪ A. On board radio facilities


▪ B. Radio operator telegraphy onboard
▪ C. Shore base facilities
▪ D. Radio personnel on board
27. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In what form does the information of data communications is transmitted between
two points?

▪ A. Alphanumeric form
▪ B. Alphabetic form
▪ C. Numeric form
▪ D. Binary form
28. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Width of frequency band just enough to ensure the transmission of information at a
required rate and quality required, and under a specified condition and class of
emission.

▪ A. Occupied bandwidth
▪ B. Transmission bandwidth
▪ C. Necessary bandwidth
▪ D. Frequency bandwidth
29. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to one of the front end circuit of a VHF TV superheterodyne receiver which is
usually a separate circuit coupled to the mixer.

▪ A. Antenna feed
▪ B. AGC
▪ C. RF amplifier
▪ D. Local oscillator
30. ECE Board Exam April 1998
All bits in character are sent and received ______ in serial port.

▪ A. In groups of 3 bits
▪ B. One at a time
▪ C. In groups of 2 bits
▪ D. Simultaneously
31. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is a possible cause of an abrupt frequency variation in a self
exited transmitter oscillator circuits resulting to a poor frequency stability to hold a
constant frequency oscillation.

▪ A. Heating and expansion of oscillator coil


▪ B. DC and RF ac heating of resistors which cause change in values
▪ C. Heating of capacitor in the oscillator
▪ D. Loose connections in the oscillator, amplifier, or antenna circuits.
32. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following parts of the radio receiver represent the component that
extracts the desire RF signal from the electromagnetic wave?

▪ A. AF amplifier
▪ B. Antenna
▪ C. Detector
▪ D. Crystal
33. ECE Board Exam April 1998
It is an average power of a radio transmitter supplied to the antenna transmission
line taken during a long sufficient interval of time and compared with the lowest
frequency encountered in the modulation, taken under the normal operating
conditions.

▪ A. Carrier power
▪ B. Rated power
▪ C. Mean power
▪ D. Peak envelop power
34. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Determine from the following radio frequency that falls under the very high
frequency band of the radio spectrum.

▪ A. 345.00 MHz
▪ B. 144.50 MHz
▪ C. 235.50 MHz
▪ D. 450.00 MHz
35. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the typical number of bits in a static memory location?

▪ A. 1
▪ B. 2
▪ C. 16
▪ D. 8
36. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What controls the contrast of a television cathode ray picture?

▪ A. AFC
▪ B. video stage gain
▪ C. Audio gain control
▪ D. CRT bias
37. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Determine the dB gain of a receiving antenna which delivers a microvolt signal to a
transmission line over that of an antenna that delivers a 20 microvolt signal under
identical circumstances.

▪ A. 10 dB
▪ B. 6 dB
▪ C. 3 dB
▪ D. 8 dB
38. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to one of a commonly used internet service domain.

▪ A. www
▪ B. http
▪ C. gov
▪ D. infoseek
39. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A law that specifically requires the service of a duly registered electronics and
communications engineer in the designing installation and construction, operation
and maintenance of radio stations.

▪ A. Act 3846
▪ B. LOl 1000
▪ C. R.A. 5734
▪ D. Dept. order 88
40. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which band does channel 14 of the television channel belong?

▪ A. High VHF band


▪ B. EHF band
▪ C. UHF band
▪ D. Low VHF band
41. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How many ship’s area is designated in the implementation of the global maritime
distress and safety system.

▪ A. Four
▪ B. Six
▪ C. Three
▪ D. Two
42. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What kind of receiver is used in conventional telephone handset?

▪ A. Capacitor
▪ B. Electromagnetic
▪ C. Carbon
▪ D. Ceramic
43. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Determine the lower half-power frequency of a class-C amplifier having upper half-
power frequency of 10.025 MHz, a resonant frequency 5 MHz and a circuit Q of 10.

▪ A. 1.0025 MHz
▪ B. 10.525 MHz
▪ C. 0.5 MHz
▪ D. 10 MHz
44. ECE Board Exam April 1998
This is referred to a product of simultaneous frequency and amplitude modulation
or a carrier frequency variation which produces unwanted distortion.

▪ A. Absorption modulation
▪ B. Simultaneous modulation
▪ C. Dynamic instability
▪ D. Series modulation
45. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Main basic components of a data communication are composed of the following.

▪ A. Computer, modern and router


▪ B. Computer, bridge and gateway
▪ C. Transmitter, channel and receiver
▪ D. Transmitter, computer and modem
46. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The international radio consultative committee is referred to in international radio
communication as ______.

▪ A. IRCC
▪ B. ITU
▪ C. IRR
▪ D. CCIR
47. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to a continuous tone generated in a local exchange terminal through a
combination of two frequencies 350 Hz, and 440 Hz.

▪ A. Busy tone
▪ B. Call waiting tone
▪ C. Dial tone
▪ D. Standard tone
48. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the advantages of fiber optic which is referred to the volume of capacity of
signals it can carry.

▪ A. Security
▪ B. Weight
▪ C. Bandwidth
▪ D. Physical size
49. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Assume a frequency range of 401.000 MHz to 401.050 MHz, if you apply 25 kHz
channeling plan, determine the center frequency of the first channel from the lower
limit.

▪ A. 401.010 MHz
▪ B. 401.0125 MHz
▪ C. 401.025 MHz
▪ D. 401.00625 MHz
50. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The stability of transmitted signal from a simple Hartley oscillator single transmitter
which is coupled to and antenna wire affected by ______.

▪ A. Chirping of oscillator
▪ B. Closer coupling between the oscillator and the antenna.
▪ C. Location of antenna
▪ D. Material of antenna
51. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to the first symbol in an emission designation with an amplitude modulated
main carrier represented by letter H.

▪ A. Single sideband suppressed carrier


▪ B. Double sideband full carrier
▪ C. Independent sideband
▪ D. Double sideband
52. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Assume a frequency range of 405.0125 MHz to 405.0875 MHz and 25 kHz channeling
plan, determine the center frequency of the second channel from the lower limit.

▪ A. 405.030 MHz
▪ B. 405.025 MHz
▪ C. 405.050 MHz
▪ D. 405.075 MHz
53. ECE Board Exam April 1998
An entity, relying on the transmission, switching and local distribution facilities of
local exchange and inter-exchange operators, and overseas carriers, offers
enhanced services beyond those ordinarily provided by such carriers.

▪ A. International carrier
▪ B. Value-added service provided
▪ C. Inter-exchange carrier
▪ D. Local exchange carrier
54. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following refers to full duplex transmission?

▪ A. One at a time transmission


▪ B. Two transmission medium
▪ C. Intermittent transmission
▪ D. Two way simultaneous transmission
55. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the first symbol of a radio signal transmission having an amplitude
modulated signal carrier, double side band?

▪ A. C
▪ B. B
▪ C. H
▪ D. A
56. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Best choice of transmission line component to couple a coaxial line to a parallel-
wire line

▪ A. Shorting
▪ B. Balun
▪ C. Slotted line
▪ D. Directional coupler
57. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following refers to the video signal amplitude that determines the
quality of the picture?

▪ A. Chrominance
▪ B. Luminance
▪ C. Brightness
▪ D. Contrast
58. ECE Board Exam April 1998
________ is the method of encoding audio signals used in US standard 1544 kbit/s
24 channel PCM systems.

▪ A. Shannon’s law
▪ B. A-law
▪ C. Newton’s law
▪ D. Mu-law
59. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In radio regulation, the first symbol in the designation of radio emission is ______.

▪ A. Bandwidth
▪ B. Nature of signal(s) modulation the main carrier
▪ C. Type of modulation of the main carrier
▪ D. Type of information to be transmitted
60. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Who is the principal administrator of republic act 7925?

▪ A. BOC
▪ B. DOTC
▪ C. Congress
▪ D. NTC
61. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the term for the ration of the radiation resistance of an antenna to the total
resistance of the system?

▪ A. Effective radiated power


▪ B. Beamwidth
▪ C. Radiation conversion loss
▪ D. Antenna efficiency
62. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Where does the AM broadcast band located in the spectrum band?

▪ A. HF band
▪ B. VHF band
▪ C. LF band
▪ D. MF band
63. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What determines the velocity factor in transmission line?

▪ A. The center conductor resistivity


▪ B. Dielectrics in the line
▪ C. The termination impedance
▪ D. The line length
64. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to an address that identifies a server on the network and a particular
document on the server

▪ A. Hypertext
▪ B. HTML
▪ C. Wide area network
▪ D. Uniform resource locator
65. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Type of emission produced by one of the early radio transmitter in trains of damped
RF ac waves where its oscillator is coupled to a long wire antenna, normally used in
radio telegraph and having sidebands on its carrier.

▪ A. Digital emission
▪ B. Key emission
▪ C. Cycle emission
▪ D. Spark emission
66. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Is a kind of satellite which has a period of revolution equivalent to the period of
rotation of the earth about its axis.

▪ A. Passive satellite
▪ B. Synchronous satellite
▪ C. Active satellite
▪ D. Geosynchronous satellite
67. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Electromagnetic waves of frequencies arbitrarily lower than 3,000 GHz, propagated
in space without artificial guide.

▪ A. Space waves
▪ B. Terrestrial waves
▪ C. Mobile
▪ D. Hertzian waves
68. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Frequencies above ______ kHz, are referred to as the radio frequencies.

▪ A. 20
▪ B. 2
▪ C. 10
▪ D. 200
69. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Who is responsible in the correctness and accuracy of transmitted information
content over a data communication?

▪ A. The channel
▪ B. The transmitter and receiver
▪ C. The modem
▪ D. The bridge
70. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is meant by the term deviation ratio?

▪ A. The ratio of the carrier center frequency to the audio modulating frequency
▪ B. The ratio of the highest audio modulating frequency to the average audio
modulating frequency
▪ C. The ratio of the maximum carrier frequency deviation to the highest audio
modulation frequency
▪ D. The ratio of the audio modulating frequency to the center carrier frequency
71. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A quarter wavelength devices made of crystalline calcite that changes polarization
in the optic fiber communication.

▪ A. Isolator
▪ B. Retarder
▪ C. Polarizer
▪ D. Filters
72. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Known as the maritime communications law which was enacted December 5, 1927
▪ A. R.A. No. 109
▪ B. R.A. No. 3396
▪ C. R.A. No. 7925
▪ D. R.A. No. 3846
73. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How do you transmit through multiplexing, a thousand of voice channel information
over a single fiber optic using one wavelength?

▪ A. Polar division
▪ B. Time division
▪ C. Fiber division
▪ D. Frequency division
74. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In regulation of public telecommunications carrier such as in the evaluation of new
entrant, the following consideration shall be given emphasis to _______.

▪ A. Legal, technical and citizenship


▪ B. Technical, citizenship and kind of service
▪ C. Citizenship, capacity and financial
▪ D. Technical, legal and financial
75. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is a high powered RF ac basic transmitter that has two or more
stages, the oscillator stage which determines the frequency operation and RF
amplifier stage or stages that develop the high power output. The purpose of which
is to develop a good frequency stability.

▪ A. Goldsmith
▪ B. MOPA
▪ C. Alexanderson
▪ D. Hartley
76. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the meaning of the term velocity factor of a transmission line?

▪ A. The index of shielding for coaxial cable


▪ B. The velocity of the wave on the transmission line multiplied by the velocity of
light in vacuum
▪ C. The ratio of the characteristic impedance of the line to the terminating
impedance
▪ D. The velocity of the wave on the transmission line divided by the velocity of
light in a vacuum
77. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following determines the characteristics of a transmission line?

▪ A. Inductance
▪ B. Capacitance
▪ C. Physical dimension
▪ D. Length
78. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is among the types of fiber optics used in electronics
communication.

▪ A. Step-index multimode
▪ B. Graded-index multimode
▪ C. Semi-graded multimode
▪ D. Single mode
79. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following refers to the smallest beam of a satellite antenna’s radiation
pattern

▪ A. Global beam
▪ B. Spot beam
▪ C. Zone beam
▪ D. Hemispheric beam
80. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the FM signal generator control which varies the phase of the modulating
voltage applied to the oscillator of the sweep generator

▪ A. Band control
▪ B. Phase control
▪ C. Marker amplitude control
▪ D. Sweep output control
81. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What consists the front-end circuit of a VHF TV superheterodyne receiver?

▪ A. Mixer, RF amplifier and AFC?


▪ B. RF amplifier, Band pass filter and mixer
▪ C. Local oscillator, mixer and RF amplifier
▪ D. Local oscillator, AGC and antenna
82. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following prevents a transmitter from emitting a signal that interferes
with other stations on frequency during the test.

▪ A. Use of low height antenna


▪ B. Use of grounded antenna
▪ C. Use of dummy antenna
▪ D. Use of shielded antenna radiator
83. ECE Board Exam April 1998
A transmission line consisting of two conductors that have equal resistance per unit
length.
▪ A. Unbalanced line
▪ B. Open-wire line
▪ C. Balanced line
▪ D. Coaxial line
84. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How do you eliminate radio frequency variation of an oscillator transmitter caused
by its supply voltage?

▪ A. Use new power supply


▪ B. Lossen power supply shielding
▪ C. Use of regulated power supply
▪ D. Use of high capacitor in the supply circuit
85. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is not common transmission line impedance?

▪ A. 50 ohms
▪ B. 120 ohms
▪ C. 75 ohms
▪ D. 650 ohms
86. ECE Board Exam April 1998
How do you reduce the loss that is produced when light strikes a flat polished end
of a fiber optic?

▪ A. By painting the surface


▪ B. By inclining the surface
▪ C. By cooling
▪ D. By application of antireflection coating
87. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Best reason for pressurizing waveguides with dry air

▪ A. To maintain propagation
▪ B. To maintain temperature of the waveguide
▪ C. To reduce the possibility of internal arcing
▪ D. To increase the speed of propagation
88. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the device used in fiber optic communication which consist of a receiver
transmitter use to clean up and amplify digital data moving in one direction and
another in the opposite direction?

▪ A. Optic compressors
▪ B. Optic retarders
▪ C. Optic isolator
▪ D. Optic regenerators
89. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following refers to the first active satellite?
▪ A. Telstar I
▪ B. Echo I
▪ C. Intelsat I
▪ D. Sputnik I
90. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In modulation technique, which of the following is referred to audible pitch?

▪ A. Width
▪ B. Frequency
▪ C. Harmonic
▪ D. Amplitude
91. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What do you call the phenomenon in digital circuits that describe the duration of
time a digital signal passes a circuit?

▪ A. Transmission time
▪ B. Elapsed time
▪ C. Propagation delay
▪ D. Travel delay
92. ECE Board Exam April 1998
What is the major cause of atmospheric or static noise?

▪ A. Sunspots
▪ B. Airplanes
▪ C. Meteor showers
▪ D. Thunderstorm
93. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Which of the following is not referred to as data terminal equipment?

▪ A. Telephone set
▪ B. Printers
▪ C. Modem
▪ D. Computer
94. ECE Board Exam April 1998
_______ is referred as the difference between available power and power budget?

▪ A. Fade margin
▪ B. Power margin
▪ C. Nominal gain
▪ D. Power dissipation
95. ECE Board Exam April 1998
The conversion of digital signal into analog for purposes of transmitting into the
telephone line is done through ______.

▪ A. ISDN
▪ B. Radio
▪ C. RS232C
▪ D. Modem
96. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Refers to the duration occupancy period of call during its use.

▪ A. Occupancy period
▪ B. Traffic time
▪ C. Use time
▪ D. Holding time
97. ECE Board Exam April 1998
In data communication the transmission of binary signals will require _______.

▪ A. Same bandwidth as analog


▪ B. More bandwidth than analog
▪ C. Less bandwidth than analog
▪ D. Bigger cable diameter
98. ECE Board Exam April 1998
Assuming a UHF frequency range of 405.0125 MHz to 405.0875 MHz at 25 kHz
channeling plan, how many channels can you produce?

▪ A. 2.5 ch.
▪ B. 2 ch.
▪ C. 4 ch.
▪ D. 3 ch.
99. ECE Board Exam April 1998
One of the following is a possible cause for a slow drift of frequency in a self-exited
transmitter oscillator circuits resulting to a poor frequency stability.

▪ A. Loose shielding
▪ B. Heating of capacitor in the oscillator
▪ C. Poor soldered connections
▪ D. Faulty capacitor, resistor, tubes or resistors
100. ECE Board Exam April 1998

A modulation which does not follow the sine wave pattern, it produces undesirable
harmonics such as spurious emission

▪ A. 0% modulated
▪ B. Over-modulated
▪ C. Unmodulated
▪ D. 100% modulated
1. How far away is the radio horizon of an antenna 100 ft high?

▪ A. 14.14 mi
▪ B. 40km
▪ C. 14.14 km
▪ D. 40 mi
2. What is the maximum line-of-sight distance between a paging antenna 250 ft high
and a pager receiver 3.5 ft of the ground?

▪ A. 25 km
▪ B. 25 mi
▪ C. 70.73 km
▪ D. 70.73 mi
3. What is the path attenuation between transmitter and receiver at a frequency of
1.2 Ghz and a distance of 11,000 mi?

▪ A. 119 dB
▪ B. 115 dB
▪ C. 179 dB
▪ D. 174 dB
4. What is the uplink receiver frequency if the downlink transmitter is on channel 4
(3.84 Ghz)?

▪ A. 6.065 GHz
▪ B. 6.84 GHz
▪ C. 6.65 GHz
▪ D. 6.05 GHz
5. What is the maximum theoretical data rate of the above problem if one
transponder is used for binary transmission?

▪ A. 36 Mbps
▪ B. 72 Mbps
▪ C.18 Mbps
▪ D. 144 Mbps
6. What is the guardband between transponder channels in the commercial C-band
for satellite communications?

▪ A. 6 MHz
▪ B. 36 MHz
▪ C. 4 MHz
▪ D. 2 MHz
7. What is the typical satellite transponder bandwidth?

▪ A. 24 MHz
▪ B. 500 MHz
▪ C. 36 MHz
▪ D. 48 MHz
8. What is the bandwidth available in the commercial C-band?
▪ A. 1000 MHz
▪ B. 36 MHz
▪ C. 250 MHz
▪ D. 500 MHz
9. Which of the following is the uplink frequency in C-band?

▪ A. 5.925 GHz
▪ B. 4.2 GHz
▪ C. 7.425 GHz
▪ D. 3.7 GHz
10. How many transponder channels are realized in the commercial C-band without
frequency re-use?

▪ A. 24
▪ B. 12
▪ C. 36
▪ D. 48
11. Which band of frequencies used by military for its satellites and radar?

▪ A. C band
▪ B. X band
▪ C. L band
▪ D. P band
12. For navigation as well as marine and aeronautical communications and radar,
____ band is used.

▪ A. L
▪ B. K
▪ C. S
▪ D. J
13. What is the current frequency band given most attenuation for satellite
communications?

▪ A. Ku
▪ B. C band
▪ C. J
▪ D. P
14. What satellite subsystem monitors onboard conditions such as temperature and
battery voltage and transmits this data back to a ground station for analysis?

▪ A. Communications subsystem
▪ B. AKM
▪ C. TTC
▪ D. Transponder
15. Which of the following satellite subsystem provides stabilization in orbit and
senses changes in orientation?

▪ A. Attitude control subsystem


▪ B. TTC
▪ C. AKM
▪ D. Transponder
16. What is the typical center frequency spacing between adjacent channels
(transponders) in satellites?

▪ A. 36 MHz
▪ B. 40 MHz
▪ C. 500 MHz
▪ D. 4 MHz
17. Which of the following are uplinks in the Ku band?

▪ A. 14 to 14.5 GHz
▪ B. 11.7 to 12.2 GHz
▪ C. 14 to 15.5 GHz
▪ D. 11 to 11.5 GHz
18. What is considered as the most advanced satellite system developed for cellular
telephones?

▪ A. Iridium
▪ B. Globalstar
▪ C. ANIK
▪ D. Molniya
19. What is the orbit of Motorola’s Iridium satellite system?

▪ A. Polar
▪ B. Equatorial
▪ C. Inclined elliptical
▪ D. Inclined equatorial
20. What band of frequencies do these satellites operate?

▪ A. L band
▪ B. Ka band
▪ C. C band
▪ D. Ku band
21. Iridium satellites can provide data communications of up ____ bps data rate.

▪ A. 1200
▪ B. 4800
▪ C. 2400
▪ D. 3840
22. What satellite system is also known as Navstar?

▪ A. GPS
▪ B. Iridium
▪ C. Globalstar
▪ D. Intelsat
23. What is the orbit height of a GPS satellite?

▪ A. 10,898 nmi
▪ B. 10,898 mi
▪ C. 10,898 km
▪ D. 10, 898 m
24. What is the orbital period of each satellite in the GPS constellation?

▪ A. 6 h
▪ B. 12 h
▪ C. 5 h
▪ D. 15 h
25. What term is normally associated with specifying the location of a celestial body
in space?

▪ A. Constellation
▪ B. Galaxy
▪ C. Satellite
▪ D. Ephemeris
26. What is the angle of inclination of GPS system?

▪ A. 55˚
▪ B. 65˚
▪ C. 105˚
▪ D. 45˚
27. What material is most often used for the outer covering of coaxial cables?

▪ A. PVC
▪ B. Teflon
▪ C. PE
▪ D. Polystyrene
28. What is the dielectric constant of polyethylene (PE) insulator?

▪ A. 2.5
▪ B. 3.3
▪ C. 2.27
▪ D. 2.1
29. Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) is also widely used insulator and is known as.
▪ A. polystyrene
▪ B. teflon
▪ C. ceramic
▪ D. bakelite
30. What is the characteristic impedance of a two-wire line with the following data:
diameter = 0.023in., spacing =0.5 in., insulation = PE.?

▪ A. 300 Ω
▪ B. 250 Ω
▪ C. 305 Ω
▪ D. 301 Ω
31. What is the characteristic impedance of a coaxial line with the following data:
inner diameter = 0.2 in., center conductor diameter = 0.06 in., insulation = Teflon.

▪ A. 200 Ω
▪ B. 75 Ω
▪ C. 50 Ω
▪ D. 150 Ω
32. A pair of current-carrying conductors is not considered a transmission line unless
it is at least ___ λ long at the signal frequency.

▪ A. 0.1
▪ B. 0.3
▪ C. 0.2
▪ D. 0.4
33. If the operating frequency is 450 MHz what length of a pair of conductors is
considered to be a transmission line?

▪ A. 2.19 ft
▪ B. 2.19 m
▪ C. 0.219 ft
▪ D. 0.219 m
34. What is the physical length of the above transmission line at 3/8λ long?

▪ A.0.82 m
▪ B. 0.82 ft
▪ C. 0.82 in
▪ D. 0.82 cm
35. Which of the following coaxial cable connectors is called the UHF connector?

▪ A. PL-259
▪ B. BNC
▪ C. N-type connector
▪ D. F connector
36. What connector is popular in attaching test instruments like oscilloscopes,
frequency counters, spectrum analyzers, etc?

▪ A. UHF connector
▪ B. PL-259
▪ C. BNC
▪ D. SMA
37. Which coaxial cable connector is least expensive and is widely used for TV
sets,VCRs and cable TV?

▪ A. N-type connector
▪ B. F-type connector
▪ C. BNC
▪ D. PL-259
38. Which coaxial connector is a more complex and expensive but do a better job in
maintaining the electrical characteristics of the cable through the interconnections?

▪ A. N-type connector
▪ B. F-type connector
▪ C.BNC
▪ D. PL-259
39. The velocity factor in transmission lines vary from ___ to ___.

▪ A. 0.6 to 0.8
▪ B. 0.3 to 0.5
▪ C.0.5 to 0.9
▪ D. 0.8 to 0.9
40. What is the typical velocity factor of coaxial cables?

▪ A. 0.6 to 0.8
▪ B. 0.3 to 0.5
▪ C. 0.5 to 0.9
▪ D. 0.4 to 0.6
41. What is the typical velocity factor of open-wire line?

▪ A. 0.9
▪ B. 0.8
▪ C. 0.5
▪ D. 0.7
42. What line has a typical velocity factor of about 0.8?

▪ A. Shielded pair
▪ B. Flexible coaxial
▪ C. Twin-lead
▪ D. Open-wire line
43. What is the velocity factor of coaxial cable with a characteristic impedance of 50
Ω and capacitance of 30 pF/ft and inductance of 75 nH/ft?

▪ A. 0.58
▪ B.0.68
▪ C. 0.98
▪ D. 0.81
44. What is transit time (time delay) of a 50-ft length transmission line of the above
problem?

▪ A. 50 ns
▪ B. 100 ns
▪ C. 75 ns
▪ D. 65 ns
45. What do you call a transmission line used specifically for the purpose of
achieving delay?

▪ A. Delay line
▪ B. Flat line
▪ C. Resonant line
▪ D. Non-resonant line
46. What is the time delay introduced by a 75-ft coaxial cable with a dielectric
constant of 2.3?

▪ A. 1.54 ns
▪ B. 11.5 ns
▪ C. 115.6 ns
▪ D. 1156 ns
47. Assume a frequency of 4 MHz, determine the phase shift offered by the line in
the above problem.

▪ A. 108.5˚
▪ B. 106.5˚
▪ C. 115.5˚
▪ D. 166.5˚
48. Find the load impedance that must be used to terminate RG-62A/U to avoid
reflections?

▪ A. 93 Ω
▪ B. 75 Ω
▪ C. 50 Ω
▪ D. 300 Ω
49. Find the equivalent inductance per foot of the above cable?

▪ A. 13.5 nF/ft
▪ B. 13.5 pF/ft
▪ C. 116.8 nH/ft
▪ D. 116.8 pF/ft
50. An RG-11/U foam coaxial cable has a maximum voltage standing wave of 52 V
and a minimum voltage of 17 V. Find the value of the resistive load.

▪ A. 24.59Ω
▪ B. Either A or C
▪ C. 228.75Ω
▪ D. Neither A nor C
51. Sound provides all sorts of information. What information is related to mental
processes of knowledge, reasoning, memory, judgement and perception?

▪ A. Cognitive
▪ B. Affective
▪ C. Digital
▪ D. Analog
52. What sound characteristic relates to a sonic time pattern?

▪ A. Tempo
▪ B. Attack
▪ C. Rhythm
▪ D. Timbre
53. What is considered the most obvious conveyor of information?

▪ A. Sound
▪ B. Speech
▪ C. Music
▪ D. Noise
54. Attack is a sound characteristic that refers to the way a sound begins. Which of
the following is NOT an attack of sound?

▪ A. Hard
▪ B. Soft
▪ C. Crisp
▪ D. Simple
55. At what loudness level do pitch (in mels) and frequency (in Hz) are numerically
equal?

▪ A. 0 dB
▪ B. 20 dB
▪ C. 60 dB
▪ D. 40 dB
56. The basic voice band has how many octaves?
▪ A. 10
▪ B. 4
▪ C. 5
▪ D. 3
57. The ratio of frequencies is termed.

▪ A. interval
▪ B. octave
▪ C. harmonics
▪ D. factor
58. What is the tonal ratio of an octave?

▪ A. 1 to 2
▪ B. 1 to 3
▪ C. 2 to 1
▪ D. 3 to 1
59. If the loudness level is 100 phons, what is this in sone unit?

▪ A. 100
▪ B. 90
▪ C. 106
▪ D. 96
60. What octave bands are there in the midrange?

▪ A. 1st and 2nd


▪ B. 5th, 6th and 7th
▪ C. 3rd and 4th
▪ D. 8th and 9th
61. How much louder is 80 phons over 60 phons?

▪ A. 1000 times
▪ B. 4 times louder
▪ C. 100 times
▪ D. Twice as loud
62. What increase in sound level is commonly perceived by most people?

▪ A. 6 to 10 dB
▪ B. 1 to 3 dB
▪ C. 3 to 6 dB
▪ D. 10 to 20dB
63. What is typical loudness level of an acoustic guitar 1 foot away?

▪ A. 60 dB
▪ B. 100 dB
▪ C. 80 dB
▪ D. 40 dB
64. What do you call the perceptible sound repetition?

▪ A. Reverberation
▪ B. Echo
▪ C. Reflection
▪ D. Masking
65. What is the amount of sound reduction provided by a barrier – wall, floor, or
ceiling called?

▪ A. Sound Attenuation
▪ B. Transmission loss
▪ C. Sound absorption
▪ D. Barrier loss
66. What is the frequency of a 2-cm sound wave in sea water at 25˚C?

▪ A. 76 kHz
▪ B. 76 Hz
▪ C. 76 MHz
▪ D. 76 mHz
67. A choir consisting of 36 individuals all of whom can sing with the same intensity.
A soloist sings a certain passage and then is joined by the remainder of the choir
members for a repeat of the passage. What is the difference in the sound intensity
level in the two cases?

▪ A. 3 dB
▪ B. 6 dB
▪ C. 36 dB
▪ D. 15.6 dB
68. For the safety and comfort of factory workers, the sound-intensity level in a
certain factory must remain below 85 dB. What is the maximum sound intensity
allowed in this factory?

▪ A. 3.2 x 10-4 W/m2


▪ B. 3.2 x 10-6 W/m2
▪ C. 3.2 x 10-10 W/m2
▪ D. 3.2 x 10-3 W/m2
69. What sound intensity corresponds to a sound-intensity level of 50 dB?

▪ A. 1 x 10-6W/m2
▪ B. 1 x 10-7W/m2
▪ C. 1 x 10-8W/m2
▪ D.1 x 10-5W/m2
70. The sound intensity received from the nearby jet plane is 12.6 µW/m2 and that
from another jet plane some distance away is 0.45 µW/m2. Find the relative
loudness of the two.

▪ A. 14.0 dB
▪ B. 14.5 dB
▪ C. 12.5 dB
▪ D. 14.5 dB
71. The noise from an airplane engine 100 ft from an observer is found to have an
intensity of 45dB. What will be the intensity when the plane flies overhead at an
altitude of 1 mi?

▪ A. 10.5 dB
▪ B. 34.5 dB
▪ C. 35 dB
▪ D. 20.5 dB
72. What is the apparent loudness of 80 dB?

▪ A. Moderate
▪ B. Very loud
▪ C. Loud
▪ D. Deafening
73. What loudness level in which permanent damage to hearing is possible?

▪ A. 120 dB
▪ B. 140 dB
▪ C. 130 dB
▪ D. 150 dB
74. What is sound pressure level if the RMS sound pressure is 100 μbars?

▪ A. 114 dB
▪ B. 11.4 dB
▪ C. 94 dB
▪ D. 57 dB
75. What is the velocity of sound in wood (m/s)?

▪ A. 330
▪ B. 3600
▪ C. 3300
▪ D. 5800
76. What is the optimum reverberation time at 500 to 1000 Hz of an auditorium?

▪ A. 0.9 to 1.1 s
▪ B. 1.4 to 1.6 s
▪ C. 1.5 to 1.6 s
▪ D. 1.6 to 1.8 s
77. For a cinema, the optimum volume per person required is

▪ A. 3.1
▪ B. 2.8
▪ C. 7.1
▪ D. 4.2
78. Which of the following is NOT an acoustical defect to be avoided in acoustical
designs?

▪ A. Reverberation
▪ B. Flutter echo
▪ C. Distortion
▪ D. Sound concentration
79. What absorber in which efficient absorption is only possible over a very narrow
band approaching 1.0 (total absorption)?

▪ A. Porous material
▪ B. Helmholtz resonator
▪ C. Panel Absorber
▪ D. Membrane absorber
80. How many voice signals (4 kHz max.) would fit into a 5 MHz spectrum?

▪ A. 1250
▪ B. 500
▪ C. 1000
▪ D. 1500
81. How many FM stations would be accommodated I an ordinary TV channel?

▪ A. 33
▪ B. 30
▪ C. 40
▪ D. 25
82. What is the actual length in feet of a one-quarter wavelength of a coax with a
velocity factor of 0.695 at 45 MHz?

▪ A. 17.82
▪ B. 19.26
▪ C. 16.28
▪ D. 16.97
83. Determine the terrain sensitivity loss for a 4-GHz carrier that is propagating over
a very dry, mountainous area.

▪ A. -1.25 dB
▪ B. -3.05 dB
▪ C. -2.01 dB
▪ D. -5.01 dB
84. A satellite transmitter operates at 4GHz with an antenna gain of 4dBi. The
receiver 40000 km away has an antenna gain of 50 dBi. If the transmitter has a
power of 8 W, find (ignoring feedline losses and mismatch) the EIRP in dBW.

▪ A. 50
▪ B. 69
▪ C. 49
▪ D. 30
85. A radio signal moves from air to glass. The angle of incidence is 20°. Calculate
the angle of refraction. The relative permittivity of the glass is 7.8.

▪ A. 7.8°
▪ B. 5.04°
▪ C. 6.04°
▪ D. 7.04°
86. At a certain time, the MUF for transmission at an angle of incidence of 75° is 17
MHz. What is the critical frequency?

▪ A. 4.4 MHz
▪ B. 3.5 MHz
▪ C. 6.5 MHz
▪ D. 1.5 MHz
87. A properly matched transmission line has a loss of 1.5 dB/100m. if 10 W is
supplied to one end of the line, how many watts reach the load, 27 m away?

▪ A. 10 W
▪ B. 7.2 W
▪ C. 9.9 W
▪ D. 9.1 W
88. The electromagnetic radiation theory was profounded by

▪ A. Sir Edward Appleton


▪ B. Guglielmo Marconi
▪ C. Heinrich Hertz
▪ D. James C. Maxwell
89. What is caused by the transverse nature of electromagnetic waves?

▪ A. Polarization
▪ B. Interference
▪ C. Beamwidth
▪ D. Gain
90. Which propagation method is known as special case of skywave?
▪ A. Space wave
▪ B. Troposcatter
▪ C. Ground wave
▪ D. Direct wave
91. What is the orbit inclination of geostationary satellites?

▪ A. 0°
▪ B. 10°
▪ C. 20°
▪ D. 30°
92. A transmission line of unknown impedance is terminated with two different
resistances, and an SWR is measured each time. With a 75 Ω termination, the SWR
measures 1.5. With a 300 Ω termination, it measures 2.67. What is the impedance of
the line?

▪ A. 100 Ω
▪ B. 212 Ω
▪ C. 300 Ω
▪ D. 112 Ω
93. What is the high frequency sound that cannot be heard by the human ear?

▪ A. Ultrasonic
▪ B. Transonic
▪ C. Subsonic
▪ D. Supersonic
94. What frequency is 10 octaves above 30 Hz?

▪ A. 30.72 kHz
▪ B. 30 kHz
▪ C. 300 Hz
▪ D. 307.2 kHz
95. A radio signal travels ____ yards per microseconds.

▪ A. 273
▪ B. 328
▪ C. 618
▪ D. 123.6
96. What is the actual length in feet of a one-half wavelength of a coax with a
velocity factor of 0.63 at 28 MHz?

▪ A. 44.28
▪ B. 43.46
▪ C. 11.07
▪ D. 46.27
97. The range of speech power is ____.
▪ A. 1 – 10 watts
▪ B. 100 – 1000 milliwatts
▪ C. 10 – 100 milliwatts
▪ D. 10 – 1000 microwatts
98. What is the actual length in feet of a one-quarter wavelength of a coax with a
velocity factor of 0.68 to 30 MHz?

▪ A. 19.26
▪ B. 5.6
▪ C. 17.82
▪ D. 16.97
99. What is actual length in feet of a one-half wavelength of a coax with a velocity
factor of 0.59 at 26 MHz?

▪ A. 11.16
▪ B. 40.29
▪ C. 42.46
▪ D. 46.28
100. The agreed standard for measuring loudness is the loudness sensation
produced by a 1000 Hz sine wave _____ dB above the listener’s threshold of hearing.

▪ A. 80
▪ B. 50
▪ C. 30
▪ D. 40

1. What is the refractive index of an ionospheric layer with 100 x 105 free electrons
per m3?

Assume frequency to be at 20 MHz.

▪ A. 0.99
▪ B. 0.15
▪ C. 0.78
▪ D. 0.85
2. “Each point on a spherical wavefront may be considered a source of secondary
spherical wavefronts”. This is known as the

▪ A. Snell’s law
▪ B. D’Alembert’s principle
▪ C. Appleton’s theory
▪ D. Huygen’s principle
3. What is meant by the term deviation ratio?

▪ A. The ratio of the audio modulating frequency to the center carrier frequency.
▪ B. The ratio of the maximum carrier frequency deviation to the highest audio
modulating frequency.
▪ C. The ratio of the carrier center frequency to the audio modulating frequency.
▪ D. The ratio of the highest audio modulating frequency to the average audio
modulating frequency.
4. What is the major cause of selective fading?

▪ A. Small changes in the beam heading at the receiving station.


▪ B. Large changes in the height of the ionosphere, as experience at the receiving
station.
▪ C. Time differences between the receiving and transmitting stations.
▪ D. Phase differences between radio wave components of the same
transmission, as experienced at the receiving station.
5. What phenomenon causes the radio-path horizon distance to exceed the
geometric horizon?

▪ A. E-layer skip.
▪ B. D-layer skip.
▪ C. Auroral skip.
▪ D. Radio waves may be bent.
6. What propagation condition is usually indicated when a VHF signal is received
from a station over 500 miles away?

▪ A. D-layer absorption
▪ B. Faraday rotation
▪ C. Tropospheric ducting
▪ D. Moonbounce
7. What is meant by the term modulation index?

▪ A. The processor index.


▪ B. The ratio between the deviation of a frequency modulated signal and the
modulating frequency.
▪ C. The FM signal-to-noise ratio.
▪ D. The ratio of the maximum carrier frequency deviation to the highest audio
modulating frequency.
8. The bending of radio waves passing over the top of a mountain range that
disperses a weak portion of the signal behind the mountain is

▪ A. eddy-current phase effect


▪ B. knife-edge diffraction
▪ C. shadowing
▪ D. mirror refraction effect
9. What is the wavelength of a signal at 500 MHz?

▪ A. 0.062 cm
▪ B. 6 meters
▪ C. 60 cm
▪ D. 60 meters
10. What is included in the total resistance of an antenna system?

▪ A. Radiation resistance plus space impedance


▪ B. Radiation resistance plus transmission resistance
▪ C. Transmission line resistance plus radiation resistance
▪ D. Radiation resistance plus ohmic resistance
11. What are electromagnetic waves?

▪ A. Alternating currents in the core of an electromagnet


▪ B. A wave consisting of two electric fields at right angles to each other
▪ C. A wave consisting of an electric field and a magnetic field at right angles to
each other
▪ D. A wave consisting of two magnetic fields at right angles to each other
12. The band of frequencies least susceptible to atmospheric noise and interference
is:

▪ A. 30 – 300 kHz
▪ B. 300 – 3000 kHz
▪ C. 3 – 30 MHz
▪ D. 300 – 3000 MHz
13. What is the relationship in degrees of the electrostatic and electromagnetic
fields of an antenna?

▪ A. 0 degree
▪ B. 45 degrees
▪ C. 90 degrees
▪ D. 180 degrees
14. For a space wave transmission, the radio horizon distance of a transmitting
antenna with a height of 100 meters is approximately:

▪ A. 10 km
▪ B. 40 km
▪ C. 100 km
▪ D. 400 km
15. What is meant by referring to electromagnetic waves as horizontally polarized?

▪ A. The electric field is parallel to the earth.


▪ B. The magnetic field is parallel to the earth.
▪ C. Both the electric and magnetic fields are horizontal
▪ D. Both the electric and magnetic fields are vertical
16. What is meant by referring to electromagnetic waves as having circular
polarization?
▪ A. The electric field is bent into a circular shape.
▪ B. The electric field rotates
▪ C. The electromagnetic wave continues to circle the earth
▪ D. The electromagnetic wave has been generated by a quad antenna
17. If a transmitting antenna is 100 meters high and a separate receiving antenna is
64 meters high, what is the maximum space wave communication distance possible
between them?

▪ A. 18 km
▪ B. 72 km
▪ C. 164 km
▪ D. 656 km
18. A receiver is located 64 km from a space wave transmitting antenna that is 100
meters high. Find the required height of the receiving antenna.

▪ A. 36 meters high
▪ B. 64 meters high
▪ C. 100 meters high
▪ D. 182.25 meters high
19. Which of the following is not one of the natural ways a radio wave may travel
from transmitter to receiver?

▪ A. Ground wave
▪ B. Microwave
▪ C. Sky wave
▪ D. Space wave
20. Which of the following terrain types permits a ground wave to travel the
farthest?

▪ A. Salt water
▪ B. Fresh water
▪ C. Sandy
▪ D. Rocky
21. What is the input terminal impedance at the center if a folded dipole antenna?

▪ A. 300 ohms
▪ B. 72 ohms
▪ C. 50 ohms
▪ D. 450 ohms
22. What is the term used to describe a spread spectrum communications system
where the center frequency if a conventional carrier is altered many time per
second in accordance with a pseudo-random list of channels?

▪ A. Frequency hopping
▪ B. Direct sequence
▪ C. Time-domain frequency modulation
▪ D. Frequency compandored spread spectrum
23. What is the velocity factor for non-foam dielectric 50 or 75 ohm flexible coaxial
cable such as RG 8, 11, 58 and 59?

▪ A. 2.70
▪ B. 0.66
▪ C. 0.30
▪ D. 0.10
24. If a transmission line has a power loss of 6 dB per 100 feet, what is the power at
the feed point to the antenna at the end of a 200 foot transmission line fed by a 100
watt transmitter?

▪ A. 70 watts
▪ B. 50 watts
▪ C. 25 watts
▪ D. 6 watts
25. What determines the velocity factor in a transmission line?

▪ A. The termination impedance


▪ B. The line length
▪ C. Dielectrics in the line
▪ D. The center conductor resistivity
26. What term is used to describe a spread spectrum communications system in
which a very fast binary bit stream is used to shift the phase of an RF carrier?

▪ A. Frequency hopping
▪ B. Direct sequence
▪ C. Binary phase-shift keying
▪ D. Phase compandored spread spectrum
27. Which of the following frequency bands is best suited for ground wave
propagation?

▪ A. 30 to 300 kHz
▪ B. 300 kHz to 3 MHz
▪ C. 3 MHz to 30 MHz
▪ D. 30 MHz to 300 MHz
28. Which of the following frequency bands is best suited for sky wave propagation?

▪ A. 30 to 300 kHz
▪ B. 3 MHz to 30 MHz
▪ C. 30 MHz to 300 MHz
▪ D. 3 GHz to 30 GHz
29. What is the seventh harmonic of a 100 MHz quarter wavelength antenna?
▪ A. 14.28 MHz
▪ B. 107 MHz
▪ C. 149 MHz
▪ D. 700 MHz
30. Which if the following layers of the ionosphere has no effect on sky wave
propagation during the hours of darkness?

▪ A. D
▪ B. E
▪ C. F1
▪ D. F2
31. Skip distance can be maximized by using the ____ radiation angle possible and
the ____ frequency that will be refracted at that angle.

▪ A. lowest, lowest
▪ B. lowest, highest
▪ C. highest, lowest
▪ D. highest, highest
32. What is the meaning of the term “velocity factor” of a transmission line?

▪ A. The ratio of the characteristic impedance of the line to the terminating


impedance
▪ B. The index of shielding for coaxial cable.
▪ C. The velocity of the wave on the transmission line multiplied by the velocity of
light in a vacuum.
▪ D. The velocity of the wave on the transmission line divided by the velocity of
light in a vacuum.
33. What is the term for the ratio of actual velocity at which a signal travels through a
line to the speed of light in a vacuum?

▪ A. Velocity factor
▪ B. Characteristic impedance
▪ C. Surge impedance
▪ D. Standing wave ratio
34. Why is the physical length of a coaxial cable transmission line shorter than its
electrical length?

▪ A. Skin effect is less pronounced in the coaxial cable


▪ B. RF energy moves slower along the coaxial cable
▪ C. The surge impedance is higher in the parallel feed line
▪ D. The characteristic impedance is higher in the parallel feed line
35. What would be the physical length of a typical coaxial transmission line that is
electrically one-quarter wavelength long at 14.1 MHz?

▪ A. 20 meters
▪ B. 3.51 meters
▪ C. 2.33 meters
▪ D. 0.25 meter
36. To obtain the most reliable sky wave propagation the ____ should be used.

▪ A. Lowest useable frequency (LUF).


▪ B. Maximum useable frequency (MUF).
▪ C. Optimum useable frequency (OUF).
▪ D. Critical frequency
37. What is the deviation ratio for an FM-phone signal having a maximum frequency
swing of plus or minus 5 kHz and accepting a maximum modulation rate of 3kHz?

▪ A. 60
▪ B. 0.16
▪ C. 0.6
▪ D. 1.66
38. Tropospheric scatter is a method of sky wave propagation for which of the
following frequency bands?

▪ A. 300 kHz to 3 MHz


▪ B. 3 MHz to 30 MHz
▪ C. 30 MHz to 300 MHz
▪ D. 300 MHz to 3 GHz
39. What is the frequency range of an aircraft’s radio altimeter?

▪ A. 962 MHz to 1213 MHz


▪ B. 329.15 MHz to 335.00 MHz
▪ C. 4250 MHz to 4350 MHz
▪ D. 108.00 MHz to 117.95 MHz
40. What type of transmission is radiated from an aircraft’s radio altimeter antenna?

▪ A. An amplitude modulated continuous wave


▪ B. A pulse position modulated UHF signal
▪ C. A differential phase shift keyed UHF signal
▪ D. A frequency modulated continuous wave
41. The polarization of a radio wave:

▪ A. Is perpendicular to the electrostatic field of the antenna


▪ B. Is the same direction as the electrostatic field of the antenna.
▪ C. Is the same direction as the magnetic field of the antenna.
▪ D. Is perpendicular to both the electrostatic and magnetic fields of the antenna.
42. A coaxial cable has 7dB of reflected power when the input is 5 watts. What is the
output of the transmission line?

▪ A. 5 watts
▪ B. 2.5 watts
▪ C. 1.25 watts
▪ D. 1 watt
43. When is it useful to refer to an isotropic radiator?

▪ A. When comparing the gains of directional antennas


▪ B. When testing a transmission line for standing wave ratio
▪ C. When (in the northern hemisphere) directing the transmission in a southerly
direction
▪ D. When using a dummy load to tune a transmitter
44. Most AM broadcasts employ ___ polarization while most FM broadcasts employ
___ polarization of the radio wave.

▪ A. vertical, vertical
▪ B. vertical, horizontal
▪ C. horizontal, vertical
▪ D. horizontal, horizontal
45. How does the gain of a parabolic dish type antenna change when the operating
frequency is doubled?

▪ A. Gain does not change


▪ B. Gain is multiplied by 0.707
▪ C. Gain increases 6 dB
▪ D. Gain increases 3 dB
46. What is the frequency range of an aircraft’s Very High Frequency (VHF)
communications?

▪ A. 118.000 MHz to 136.975 MHz (worldwide up to 151.975 MHz)


▪ B. 108.000 MHz to 117.95 MHz
▪ C. 329.15 MHz to 335.00 MHz
▪ D. 2.0000 MHz to 29.999 MHz
47. What is a selective fading effect?

▪ A. A fading effect caused by small changes in beam heading at the receiving


station.
▪ B. A fading effect caused by phase differences between radio wave
components of the same transmission, as experienced at the receiving station.
▪ C. A fading effect caused by large changes in the height of the ionosphere, as
experienced at the receiving station
▪ D. A fading effect caused by time differences between the receiving and
transmitting stations.
48. If the velocity of propagation in a certain medium is 200×106 m/s, what is its
refractive index?

▪ A. 1.3
▪ B. 1.5
▪ C. 1.27
▪ D. 0.67
49. What is the resultant field strength at the receiving antenna in space wave
propagation under case 2?

▪ A. 0
▪ B. ξd
▪ C. 2ξd
▪ D. 3ξd
50. The decimetric wave is using what method of propagation?

▪ A. Ground wave
▪ B. Space wave
▪ C. Sky wave
▪ D. Tropospheric wave
51. What is the typical frequency used for communicating to submerged
submarines?

▪ A. 100 Hz
▪ B. 500 Hz
▪ C. 4 kHz
▪ D. 200 Hz
52. Which frequency bands can be refracted during the day by the D layer?

▪ A. VLF
▪ B. MF
▪ C. LF
▪ D. Both VLF and LF
53. What height of an ionized layer is determined from the time interval between the
transmitted signal and the ionospheric echo at vertical incidence?

▪ A. Virtual height
▪ B. Apparent height
▪ C. Actual height
▪ D. Effective height
54. During the night when the F2 layer combines with F1 layer it falls to what
approximate height?

▪ A. 250 km
▪ B. 350 km
▪ C. 300 km
▪ D. 400 km
55. Which of the following is considered the most frequently used transmission line?
▪ A. Two-wire open line
▪ B. Twin lead
▪ C. Rigid coaxial line
▪ D. Flexible coaxial line
56. The antenna effective height is ____ to ____ of the actual height.

▪ A. ½ to 2/3
▪ B. ½ to ¾
▪ C. ¼ to 2/3
▪ D. ¼ to ¾
57. What is the propagation velocity of a signal in a transmission line whose
inductance and capacitance are 5μH/m and 20μF/m respectively?

▪ A. 100 x 103 m/s


▪ B. 100 m/s
▪ C. 10 x 103 m/s
▪ D. 100 x 106 m/s
58. What is the phase coefficient in radians per unit length of a transmission line at
the frequency of 10 MHz if the velocity of propagation is 2.5 x 108 m/s?

▪ A. 0.25
▪ B. 2.5
▪ C. 0.35
▪ D. 3.5
59. Determine the conductance of a two-wire open line with the following
parameters: D = 4 in., d = 0.1 in. and ρ = 2.6×108 Ω-m.

▪ A. 2.76 x 10-9 S/m


▪ B. 2.76 x 10-6 S/m
▪ C. 2.76 x 10-12 S/m
▪ D. 2.76 x 10-3 S/m
60. What is the input impedance of a transmission line if its characteristic impedance
is 300 Ω and the load is 600 Ω? Assume a quarter wavelength section only.

▪ A. 150 kΩ
▪ B. 150 mΩ
▪ C. 150 Ω
▪ D. 2 Ω
61. Determine the standing wave ratio of a 300-Ω line whose load is 400+j150 Ω.

▪ A. 3.55
▪ B. 1.67
▪ C. 5.53
▪ D. 3.35
62. What is the optimum volume per person of rooms for speech?
▪ A. 2.8
▪ B. 3.1
▪ C. 4.2
▪ D. 5.1
63. What happens to the beamwidth of an antenna as the gain is increased?

▪ A. The beamwidth increases geometrically as the gain is increased.


▪ B. The beamwidth increases arithmetically as the gain is increased.
▪ C. The beamwidth is essentially unaffected by the gain of the antenna.
▪ D. The beamwidth decreases as the gain is increased.
64. A superhet receiver has an IF of 455 kHz and is experiencing image-channel
interference on a frequency of 1570 kHz. The receiver is tuned to

▪ A. 1115 kHz
▪ B. 660 kHz
▪ C. 2025 kHz
▪ D. 910 kHz
65. What is the end impedance of a half-wave dipole?

▪ A. 73 Ω
▪ B. 72 Ω
▪ C. 250 Ω
▪ D. 2500 Ω
66. What volume of the chamber is required to measure absorption coefficient at
100 Hz?

▪ A. 125 m3
▪ B. 50 m3
▪ C. 150 m3
▪ D. 352 m3
67. What is the optimum reverberation time at 500 Hz for a cinema?

▪ A. 0.8 – 1.2 sec.


▪ B. 0.9 – 1.3 sec.
▪ C. 0.6 – 0.8 sec.
▪ D. 0.45 – 0.55 sec.
68. An FM receiver whose intermediate frequency is 10.7 MHz, is experiencing
image channel interference from a station transmitting on 121.1 MHz. If the local
oscillator is tracking above, the receiver is tuned to

▪ A. 131.8 MHz
▪ B. 110.4 MHz
▪ C. 142.5 MHz
▪ D. 99.7 MHz
69. A 1 Mhz carrier is amplitude modulated by a pure 200-Hz audio test tone. Which
of the following combinations of frequencies represent the total content of the AM
signal?

▪ A. 1 MHz and 200 Hz


▪ B. 1 MHz and 1000.2 kHz
▪ C. 999.8 kHz, 1000 kHz, and 1000.2 kHz
▪ D. 999.8 kHz and 1000.2 kHz
70. What establishes the receiver bandwidth?

▪ A. RF amplifier
▪ B. Mixer
▪ C. Local oscillator
▪ D. IF amplifier
71. What noise type is observable between 8 MHz to somewhat above 1.43 GHz or
up to 1.5 GHz?

▪ A. Solar noise
▪ B. Space noise
▪ C. Galactic noise
▪ D. Cosmic noise
72. Flicker noise is a poorly understood form of noise which may be completely
ignored about above ____.

▪ A.100 Hz
▪ B. 200 Hz
▪ C. 400 Hz
▪ D. 500 Hz
73. What is the typical gain of a rhombic antenna?

▪ A. Between 15 to 60
▪ B. Between 20 to 90
▪ C. Between 50 to 75
▪ D. Between 10 to 25
74. What illumination factor is normally considered in computing parabolic antenna
gain in microwave communications?

▪ A. 0.54
▪ B. 0.65
▪ C. 0.75
▪ D. 0.85
75. How many voice band channels are there in a superjumbo group?

▪ A. 600
▪ B. 900
▪ C. 10,800
▪ D. 3,600
76. In acoustics, what is the reference pressure in lb/ft2 unit?

▪ A. 2×10-5
▪ B. 0.0002
▪ C. 2.089
▪ D. 2.980
77. Which of the following characterizes a properly terminated transmission line?

▪ A. The line loss is minimum.


▪ B. The standing wave ratio is minimum.
▪ C. The input impedance is twice the load impedance.
▪ D. The standing wave ratio is one.
78. What is the meaning of forward power?

▪ A. The power traveling from the transmitter to the antenna.


▪ B. The power radiated from the top of an antenna system.
▪ C. The power produced during the positive half of an RF cycle.
▪ D. The power used to drive a linear amplifier.
79. What organization has published safety guidelines for the maximum limits of RF
energy near the human body?

▪ A. The American National Standards Institute (ANSI).


▪ B. The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
▪ C. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
▪ D. The Institute Of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
80. When no signal is being received, the loudspeaker is not entirely silent as a
result of the presence of

▪ A. parasitic oscillations in some of the receiver stages.


▪ B. negative feedback in each stage.
▪ C. spurious frequencies as a result of improper neutralization.
▪ D. internal receiver noise.
81. When measuring a transmitter’s frequency against a suitable standard, the
frequency to be measured is taken from the

▪ A. oscillator stage
▪ B. intermediate amplifier
▪ C. buffer stage
▪ D. final RF stage
82. When the is the ionosphere most ionized?

▪ A. Dusk
▪ B. Midnight
▪ C. Dawn
▪ D. Midday
83. Cellular radios use FM with a maximum deviation of

▪ A. ± 30 KHz
▪ B. ± 75 KHz
▪ C. ± 25 KHz
▪ D. ± 12 KHz
84. What device measures the angle between two radio frequencies and also the
direction of propagation of a wave?

▪ A. Densimeter
▪ B. Absorption wavemeter
▪ C. Goniometer
▪ D. Ergometer
85. An automated ship-to-shore distress alerting system using satellites and
advanced terrestrial communications systems.

▪ A. GPS
▪ B. Iridium system
▪ C. INMARSAT
▪ D. GMDSS
86. What antenna can be used to minimize the effect of Faraday rotation of
polarization?

▪ A. Dipole
▪ B. Parabolic
▪ C. Helical
▪ D. Rhombic
87. The presence of standing waves on a transmission line is the result of

▪ A. a high level of attenuation on the line.


▪ B. terminating the line by a resistive load equal in value to the surge impedance
▪ C. reducing the input power to below its critical level.
▪ D. an impedance mismatch between the load and the line.
88. What device measures rf power by measuring the heat the rf power generates?

▪ A. Calorimeter
▪ B. Goniometer
▪ C. Spectrum meter
▪ D. Oscilloscope
89. What is considered the most efficient mode in terms of energy transfer in
waveguides?

▪ A. Dominant mode
▪ B. Normal mode
▪ C. Conventional mode
▪ D. Vertical mode
90. In acoustics, _____ is the apparent change in frequency or pitch when a sound
source moves either toward or away from a listener.

▪ A. flanking
▪ B. reverberation
▪ C. Doppler effect
▪ D. echo
91. Which of the following wavelengths where absorption of electromagnetic waves
becomes peak due to vibrational resonances in the water vapor molecule?

▪ A. 1.35 cm and 1.7 mm


▪ B. 1.5 mm and 5mm
▪ C. 1.35 dm and 1.7cm
▪ D. 1.5 cm and 5 mm
92. Oxygen molecule absorption peaks to electromagnetic wave are at what
wavelengths?

▪ A. 1.35 mm and 1.7 μm


▪ B. 1.35 cm and 1.7 mm
▪ C. 5 cm and 2.5 cm
▪ D. 5 mm and 2.5 mm
93. The approximate single-hop nighttime range of F2 layer is ____.

▪ A. 3000 km
▪ B. 3840 km
▪ C. 4130 km
▪ D. 2350 km
94. What ionospheric layer has a daytime approximate critical frequency of 8 MHz?

▪ A. F2 layer
▪ B. F1 layer
▪ C. E layer
▪ D. D layer
95. In cellular system, _____ defines the geographic distance that is required
between cells using identical frequencies in order to avoid interference between
the radio transmissions at these cells.

▪ A. frequency-reuse ratio
▪ B. distance-to-reuse ratio (D/R)
▪ C. reuse format plan ratio
▪ D. reuse factor
96. What do you call the ability of a mobile phone to change from one channel
(frequency) to another?

▪ A. Frequency agility
▪ B. Frequency handoff
▪ C. Frequency handover
▪ D. Frequency switch
97. What mathematical plane figure is ideal in cellular system design and
engineering it graphically and functionally depicts overlapping radio coverage
between and among adjacent cell base stations?

▪ A. Hexagon
▪ B. Octagon
▪ C. Pentagon
▪ D. Nonagon
98. In cellular system, the average lead time to install a new base station is
approximately ____ months to a year.

▪ A. 4
▪ B. 5
▪ C. 6
▪ D. 10
99. What is considered the threshold of audibility at 3000 Hz?

▪ A. 10-12 W/m2
▪ B. 10-16 W/m2
▪ C. 10-12 W/cm2
▪ D. 10-15 W/cm2
100. At one atmospheric pressure, what is the approximate speed of sound in steel?

▪ A. 5150 m/s
▪ B. 5150 ft/s
▪ C. 4990 m/s
▪ D. 4990 ft/s
1. What significant element of sound refers to its characteristic tonal quality?

▪ A. Pitch
▪ B. Tempo
▪ C. Rhythm
▪ D. Timbre
2. What is the velocity of sound in wood?

▪ A. 5800 m/s
▪ B. 5000 m/s
▪ C. 3300 m/s
▪ D. 3700 m/s
3. What is the typical loudness level of a watch ticking?

▪ A. 0 phon
▪ B. 40 phons
▪ C. 20 phons
▪ D. 60 phons
4. The typical length of the rhombic antenna is ____.

▪ A. 2λ to 8λ
▪ B. 10λ to 20λ
▪ C. 1λ to 3λ
▪ D. 5λ to 10λ
5. What is the carrier frequency of supergroup 10?

▪ A. 2724 kHz
▪ B. 2356 kHz
▪ C. 2108 kHz
▪ D. 3100 kHz
6. In SPADE system, how many PCM-encoded voice band channels are there?

▪ A. 800
▪ B. 600
▪ C. 300
▪ D. 240
7. The product of the radiated RF power of a transmitter and the gain of the antenna
system in a given direction relative to an isotropic radiator is called ____.

▪ A. Effective Radiated Power (ERP)


▪ B. Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP)
▪ C. Radiated Power
▪ D. Transmit Power
8. The product of antenna input power and the antenna power gain expressed in kW
is called __.

▪ A. Effective Radiated Power (ERP)


▪ B. Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP)
▪ C. Radiated Power
▪ D. Transmit Power
9. What satellite system parameter represents the quality of a satellite or an earth
station receiver?

▪ A. Gain-to-Equivalent Noise Temperature Ratio (G/Te)


▪ B. Energy of Bit-to-Noise Density Ratio (Eb/No)
▪ C. Carrier-to-Noise Density Ratio (C/No)
▪ D. Bit energy
10. What noise is observable at frequencies in the range from about 8 MHz to
somewhat 1.5 GHz?

▪ A. Industrial noise
▪ B. Atmospheric noise
▪ C. Space noise
▪ D. Shot noise
11. A special horn antenna consisting of a parabolic cylinder joined to a pyramidal
horn.

▪ A. Hoghorn
▪ B. Cass-horn
▪ C. Pyramidal horn
▪ D. Conical horn
12. How many telegraph channels are there in the basic voice band channels?

▪ A. 24
▪ B. 96
▪ C. 48
▪ D. 672
13. Which of the following is oldest multiplexing scheme?

▪ A. Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM)


▪ B. Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)
▪ C. Code Division Multiplexing (CDM)
▪ D. Space Division Multiplexing (SDM)
14. What carrier system multiplexes 96 voice band channels into a single 6.312 Mbps
data signal?

▪ A. T1 carrier system
▪ B. T2 carrier system
▪ C. T1C carrier system
▪ D. T3 carrier system
15. What is the metric subdivision of VHF band?

▪ A. Metric
▪ B. Millimetric
▪ C. Decimetric
▪ D. Centimetric
16. In satellite communications, what means of attitude control is using the angular
momentum of the spinning body to provide the roll and yaw stabilization?

▪ A. Spin stabilization
▪ B. Radial stabilization
▪ C. Three-axis stabilization
▪ D. Station keeping
17. Which of the following is NOT a porous absorber?

▪ A. Prefabricated tiles
▪ B. Plasters and spray on materials
▪ C. Acoustic blankets
▪ D. Membrane absorber
18. What historical satellite broadcasted live the 1964 Olympic games from Tokyo,
Japan for the first time?

▪ A. Syncom I
▪ B. Syncom III
▪ C. Syncom II
▪ D. Syncom IV
19. In transmission line, which of the following is the first step in the procedure of
using stub matching?

▪ A. Calculate stub susceptance.


▪ B. Calculate load admittance
▪ C. Connect stub to load
▪ D. Transform conductance to resistance
20. What type of balun (balanced-to-unbalanced) is used in high frequency
applications?

▪ A. Transformer type balun


▪ B. A specially configured coaxial transmission line
▪ C. A specially configured parallel-wire line
▪ D. A λ/2 transformer balun
21. ____ is defined as any radiation of energy by means of electromagnetic wave.

▪ A. Emission
▪ B. Radiation
▪ C. Radio
▪ D. Broadcasting
22. In what year did Hertz discover radio waves?

▪ A. 1844
▪ B. 1873
▪ C. 1887
▪ D. 1895
23. Which of the following phenomena is possible is free space medium?

▪ A. Reflection of radio wave


▪ B. Diffraction of radio wave
▪ C. Refraction of radio wave
▪ D. Attenuation of radio wave
24. What is the reactance property at the input of a shorted quarter wavelength line?

▪ A. A parallel LC circuit
▪ B. A pure inductive reactance
▪ C. A series LC circuit
▪ D. A pure capacitive reactance
25. An early satellite owned by US Department of Defense that lasted only for 17
days

▪ A. Courier
▪ B. Echo
▪ C. Score
▪ D. Westar 1
26. Which of the following is the consolidation of H. No. 5224 and S. No. 2683?

▪ A. RA 9292
▪ B. RA 5734
▪ C. RA 7925
▪ D. RA 6849
27. Who will appoint the chairman and 2 members of the board of Electronics
Engineering?

▪ A. The Senate President


▪ B. The President
▪ C. The Supreme Court
▪ D. The Commission on Appointment
28. How many nominees per position of the Electronics Engineering Board are
nominated by IECEP to PRC?

▪ A. 3
▪ B. 5
▪ C. 4
▪ D. 6
29. According to RA 9292, how many days after the board exam the results will be
released?

▪ A. Within 5 days
▪ B. Within 15 days
▪ C. Within 20 days
▪ D. Within 3 days
30. How many removal examination (s) will be given to an examinee who obtains a
passing rating in the majority of the subjects but obtains a rating in the other subject
(s) below seventy percent (70%) but not lower than sixty percent (60%)?
▪ A. 1
▪ B. 3
▪ C. 2
▪ D. Unlimited
31. Which of the following determines the acoustic behavior of gases?

▪ A. Density
▪ B. Pressure
▪ C. Temperature
▪ D. All of the choices
32. In what medium sound travels the faster?

▪ A. Vacuum
▪ B. Solid
▪ C. Liquid
▪ D. Gas
33. For a loudness level between 110 and 120 dB, the maximum daily exposure limit
is ____ minute (s).

▪ A. 1
▪ B. 60
▪ C. 20
▪ D. 45
34. A porous material is far more efficient at high than low frequency absorption.
How to improve sound absorption at lower frequencies using this absorber?

▪ A. Increase the thickness


▪ B. Decrease the thickness
▪ C. Mount with and airspace behind
▪ D. Both A and C above
35. Which of the following describes a TDM frame?

▪ A. A 250-μs frame
▪ B. A 125-μs frame
▪ C. A 500-μs frame
▪ D. A 60-μs frame
36. ____ system transmits frequency-division-multiplexed voice band signals over a
coaxial cable for distances up to 4000 miles.

▪ A. T carrier
▪ B. X carrier
▪ C. L carrier
▪ D. F carrier
37. What is the spectrum range of U600 mastergroup?
▪ A. 60 – 108 kHz
▪ B. 564 – 3084 kHz
▪ C. 312 – 552 kHz
▪ D. 60 -2788 kHz
38. Which frequency reuse method is less effective because of Faraday’s effect?

▪ A. Dual polarization
▪ B. Reducing antenna beamwidth
▪ C. Zonal rotation
▪ D. Spin stabilization
39. Three telephone circuits, each having an S/N ratio of 44 dB, are connected in
tandem. What is the overall S/N ratio?

▪ A. 44 dB
▪ B. 39.2 dB
▪ C. 41 dB
▪ D. 43.52 dB
40. What is the noise factor if the equivalent noise temperature is 25 K?

▪ A. 1.09
▪ B. 0.09
▪ C. 0.36 dBm
▪ D. 0.36
41. A ground station is operating to a geostationary satellite at a 5° angle of elevation.
Calculate the round-trip time between ground station and satellite.

▪ A. 275 s
▪ B. 275 ms
▪ C. 137.5 s
▪ D. 137.5 ms
42. Calculate the reverberation time of a living room 8 ft high, 13 ft wide and 20 ft
long. The total absorption of the building structure inside the room is 180.7 sabines
with four persons present in the room.

▪ A. 0.5 ms
▪ B. 0.05 s
▪ C. 0.5 s
▪ D. 5 ms
43. What is the number of levels required in a PCM system with S/N ratio of 40 dB?

▪ A. 64
▪ B. 128
▪ C. 256
▪ D. 512
44. A radio communications link is to be established via the ionosphere. The
maximum virtual height of the layer is 100 km at the midpoint of the path and the
critical frequency is 2 MHz. The distance between stations is 600 km. determine the
optimum working frequency?

▪ A. 6.32 MHz
▪ B. 2.1 MHz
▪ C. 5.4 MHz
▪ D. 1.8 MHz
45. Part of a microwave link can be approximated by free space conditions. The
antenna gain are each 40 dB, the frequency is 10 GHz, and the path length is 80 km.
Calculate the receive power for a transmitted power of 10 W?

▪ A. 0.871 μW
▪ B. 871 μW
▪ C. 0.871 mW
▪ D. 871 nW
46. What is the approximate critical frequency of the E layer?

▪ A. 4 MHz
▪ B. 5 MHz
▪ C. 6 MHz
▪ D. 3 MHz
47. What is the approximate single-hop nighttime range of F2 layer?

▪ A. 3840 km
▪ B. 3000 km
▪ C. 4130 km
▪ D. 2350 km
48. What ionospheric layer has a daytime approximate critical frequency of 8 MHz?

▪ A. F2 layer
▪ B. F1 layer
▪ C. E layer
▪ D. D layer
49. Determine the additional absorption (sabines) contributed by 10 persons in a
room.

▪ A. 47
▪ B. 4.7
▪ C. 0.47
▪ D. 470
50. A frequency of 3000 Hz has how many octaves above 1000 Hz?

▪ A. 1.6 octaves
▪ B. 2.1 octaves
▪ C. 1 octave
▪ D. 3 octaves
51. The loudness level increased from 40 to 56 phons. What is the increase in
loudness sensation?

▪ A. 3 times
▪ B. 4.5 times
▪ C. 2 times
▪ D. 4 times
52. In the North American TDM system, what is the transmission rate in Mbps of T3
carrier system?

▪ A. 44.736
▪ B. 6.312
▪ C. 3.152
▪ D. 274.176
53. What is the data rate in Mbps of a single satellite transponder considering an
S/N of 30 dB?

▪ A. 35.8
▪ B. 3.58
▪ C. 358
▪ D. 3580
54. What condition occur when the refractive index of the air decreases with height
much more rapidly the normal?

▪ A. Refraction
▪ B. Superrefraction
▪ C. Subrefraction
▪ D. Diffraction
55. What do you call the increase of temperature with height?

▪ A. Temperature inversion
▪ B. Normal inversion
▪ C. Ducting
▪ D. Superrefraction
56. ____ is a term given to the region where superrefraction occurs.

▪ A. Strata
▪ B. Duct
▪ C. Isothermal region
▪ D. Tropospheric region
57. Which of the following wavelengths where absorption of electromagnetic waves
becomes peak due to vibrational resonances in the water vapor molecule?
▪ A. 1.35 cm and 1.7 mm
▪ B. 1.5 mm and 5 mm
▪ C. 1.35 dm and 1.7 cm
▪ D. 1.5 cm and 5mm
58. Oxygen molecule absorption peaks to electromagnetic wave are at what
wavelengths?

▪ A. 1.35 cm and 1.7 mm


▪ B. 5 mm and 2.5 mm
▪ C. 5 cm and 2.5 cm
▪ D. 1.35 mm and 1.7 μm
59. What instrument normally measures the virtual height of ionosphere?

▪ A. Ionosonde
▪ B. Altimeter
▪ C. Field meter
▪ D. Radar
60. The angle of elevation of the antenna beam is 20°. Calculate the transmission-
path distance for an ionospheric transmission that utilizes a layer of virtual height
200 km. Use flat-earth approximation.

▪ A. 966 km
▪ B. 2100 km
▪ C. 1100 km
▪ D. 405 km
61. If temperature change is 19°C, what amount of change to sound velocity is
possible?

▪ A. 11.53 ft/s
▪ B. 11.53 m/s
▪ C. 19.304 ft/s
▪ D. 19.304 m/s
62. In the above problem, what is the new velocity of sound assuming dry air
medium?

▪ A. 343 ft/s
▪ B. 3430 m/s
▪ C. 343 m/s
▪ D. 342 m/s
63. In acoustics, if the volume of the room is 200 m3 then at what frequency the
coefficient of absorption is measured?

▪ A. 120 kHz
▪ B. 120 Hz
▪ C. 100 Hz
▪ D. 150 Hz
64. What is the approximate bandwidth of an FM system with 10 kHz of modulating
frequency and a 150 kHz of frequency deviation?

▪ A. 300 kHz
▪ B. 320 kHz
▪ C. 150 kHz
▪ D. 200 kHz
65. Which of the following layers of the ionosphere has no effect on sky wave
propagation during daytime?

▪ A. D
▪ B. E
▪ C. F1
▪ D. F2
66. What phenomenon causes the radio-path horizon distance to exceed the
geometric horizon?

▪ A. Diffraction
▪ B. Ducting
▪ C. Reflection
▪ D. Refraction
67. How to maximize the skip distance?

▪ A. Using the smallest possible radiation angle and highest possible frequency
▪ B. Using the smallest possible radiation angle and lowest possible frequency
▪ C. Using the biggest possible radiation angle and highest possible frequency
▪ D. Using the biggest possible radiation angle and lowest possible frequency
68. For a space wave transmission, the radio horizon distance of a receiving antenna
with a height of 64 meters is approximately

▪ A. 8 km
▪ B. 32 km
▪ C. 64 km
▪ D. 256 km
69. What bandwidth is needed to support a capacity of 128 kbps when the signal
power to noise power ratio in decibels is 100?

▪ A. 19224 Hz
▪ B. 3853 Hz
▪ C. 19244 Hz
▪ D. 3583 Hz
70. Which of the following systems uses frequency band 870-885 MHz as a transmit
band of its base station?
▪ A. TACS
▪ B. NTT
▪ C. NMT
▪ D. AMPS
71. A transmitted signal 5 meters in wavelength is received by an antenna coil
having a 50-Ω resistance and a 0.01 H inductance. What is the capacitance of the
tuner shunting the antenna coil at this point?

▪ A. 0.704 fF
▪ B. 0.704 μF
▪ C. 0.704 nF
▪ D. 0.704 mF
72. Which of the following is the basic component of a communications satellite
receiver?

▪ A. On-board computer
▪ B. Reflector
▪ C. Telemetry
▪ D. Transponder
73. The reverberation time of a 184.2 cubic meters broadcast studio is 0.84 sec. Find
the absorption effect of the materials used in metric sabines.

▪ A. 35.3
▪ B. 10.96
▪ C. 379.8
▪ D. 109.6
74. What is the highest frequency that can be sent straight upward and be returned
to earth?

▪ A. MUF
▪ B. Gyro frequency
▪ C. Skip frequency
▪ D. Critical frequency
75. What is the most important specification of loudspeakers and microphones?

▪ A. Frequency response
▪ B. Power density
▪ C. Field Strength
▪ D. Gain
76. Atmospheric attenuation is an attenuation which is due to

▪ A. mist and fog


▪ B. gasses in the atmosphere
▪ C. water vapor and oxygen
▪ D. rain
77. Satellite orbits around the earth are ____ orbits.

▪ A. circular
▪ B. either elliptical or circular
▪ C. elliptical
▪ D. circular only
78. How does spatial isolation technique in satellite communications avoid
interference?

▪ A. Use of different polarity antennas


▪ B. Use of different types of antennas
▪ C. Employment of highly directional spot-beam antennas
▪ D. Use of low gain antennas
79. An area on earth covered by a satellite radio beam is called ____.

▪ A. SSP
▪ B. Region
▪ C. footprint
▪ D. primary area
80. The American concert pitch A is equivalent to which if the following
frequencies?

▪ A. 440 Hz
▪ B. 435 Hz
▪ C. 260 Hz
▪ D. 255 Hz
81. The international pitch A is equivalent to ___ Hz.

▪ A. 435
▪ B. 440
▪ C. 260
▪ D. 255
82. The speed of the satellite increases as its height in orbit gets

▪ A. lower
▪ B. higher
▪ C. closer to the moon
▪ D. closer to the sun
83. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 50 watts transmitter
power output , 4 dB feedline loss, 3 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 6 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 158 W
▪ B. 39.7 W
▪ C. 251 W
▪ D. 69.9 W
84. A cellular standard known as the cdmaOne.

▪ A. IS-95
▪ B. IS-136
▪ C. IS-54
▪ D. IS-100
85. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 50 watts transmitter
power output, 5 dB feedline loss, 4 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 7 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 300 W
▪ B. 315 W
▪ C. 31.5 W
▪ D. 69.9 W
86. Which Ethernet system is restricted only to 100 m?

▪ A. 10 Base T
▪ B. 20 Base 2
▪ C. 10 Base 5
▪ D. 10 Base 1
87. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 75 watts transmitter
power output, 4 dB feedline loss, 3 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 10 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 600 W
▪ B. 75 W
▪ C. 18.75 W
▪ D. 150 W
88. Which of the following regulates the ownership and operation of radio and
television stations in the country?

▪ A. PD 576-A
▪ B. PD 756
▪ C. PD 657
▪ D. PD 677
89. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 75 watts transmitter
power output, 5 dB feedline loss, 4 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 6 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 37.6 W
▪ B. 237 W
▪ C. 150 W
▪ D. 23.7 W
90. In GSM cellular system, the speech coding rate is ____.
▪ A. 13 kbps
▪ B. 8 kbps
▪ C. 15 kbps
▪ D. 20 kbps
91. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 100 watts transmitter
power output, 5 dB feedline loss, 4 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 10 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 800 W
▪ B. 126 W
▪ C. 12.5 W
▪ D. 1260 W
92. Which NTC memorandum circular governs the rules and regulations about the
manufacture, acquisition, sale and service of radio communication equipment?

▪ A. MC No. 2-05-88
▪ B. MC No. 2-04-88
▪ C. MC No. 2-07-88
▪ D. MC No. 2-09-88
93. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 120 watts transmitter
power output, 5 dB feedline loss, 4 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 6 dB
antenna gain?

▪ A. 601 W
▪ B. 240 W
▪ C. 60 W
▪ D. 379 W
94. What do you call a short bit sequence sent typically 128 bits in digital signatures?

▪ A. Hash
▪ B. Public key
▪ C. Private key
▪ D. Password
95. What medium is used by IBM token ring network that operates at either 4 Mbps
or 16 Mbps?

▪ A. Twisted pair
▪ B. Coaxial cable
▪ C. Fiber-optic
▪ D. Parallel-wire line
96. What is known as the final stage in the evolution of the GSM standard?

▪ A. WAP
▪ B. GPRS
▪ C. EDGE
▪ D. Bluetooth
97. According to KBP revised radio code which airtime below is classified class D for
AM stations?

▪ A. 6:00 AM to 12:00 NN
▪ B. 12:00 NN to 6:00 PM
▪ C. 9:00 PM to 12 Midnight
▪ D. 12:00 Midnight to 5:00 AM
98. Encryption of data is important to ensure its privacy. It is most commonly
achieved by using a ____.

▪ A. public-key encryption
▪ B. private-key encryption
▪ C. password-key encryption
▪ D. character set encryption
99. The speech coding rate in D-AMPS is ____.

▪ A. 8 kbps
▪ B. 13 kbps
▪ C. 15 kbps
▪ D. 20 kbps
100. Which of the following principal musical intervals is considered dissonant?

▪ A. 7:8
▪ B. 1:2
▪ C. 5:8
▪ D. 3:5
1. ________ is a standard whereby mobile phones can gain access to specially
tailored Internet websites.

▪ A. Bluetooth
▪ B. GPRS
▪ C. WAP
▪ D. EDGE
2. What noise is a transient short-duration disturbance distributed essentially
uniformly over the useful passband of a transmission system?

▪ A. Flicker noise
▪ B. Transit-time noise
▪ C. Shot noise
▪ D. Impulse noise
3. What is the insertion loss of connector type splices for a single mode optical
fiber?

▪ A. 0.51 dB
▪ B. 0.49 dB
▪ C. 0.31 dB
▪ D. 0.38 db
4. In the European standard, the aurial transmitter maximum radiated power is
______ of peak visual transmitter power.

▪ A. 10%
▪ B. 30%
▪ C. 20%
▪ D. 40%
5. What is the common up-converter and down-converter IF for microwave
communications?

▪ A. 60 MHz
▪ B. 80 MHz
▪ C. 120 MHz
▪ D. 70 MHz
6. What is the data link protocol that is used in asynchronous transmission for
transferring files from one computer to another?

▪ A. A modem
▪ B. X modem
▪ C. B modem
▪ D. C modem
7. What distortion is not caused by transmission line characteristics?

▪ A. Phase distortion
▪ B. Pulse shape distortion
▪ C. Spacing bias distortion
▪ D. Amplitude distortion
8. What is the effective radiated power of a repeater with 200 watts transmitter
power output, 4 dB feline loss, 4 dB duplexer and circulator loss, and 10 dB antenna
gain?

▪ A. 317 W
▪ B. 2000 W
▪ C. 126 W
▪ D. 260 W
9. Which of the following is standardized as part of GSM phase 2+ that can offer
theoretical data speeds of up to 115 kbit/s?

▪ A. EDGE
▪ B. GPRS
▪ C. WAP
▪ D. Bluetooth
10. A ______ is essentially a cell site that is mounted on a flatbed tractor-trailer used
for emergency purposes.

▪ A. COW
▪ B. BULL
▪ C. CALF
▪ D. PONY
11. Which of the following best describes a dip-meter?

▪ A. An SWR meter
▪ B. A counter
▪ C. A variable LC oscillator with metered feedback current
▪ D. A field strength meter
12. Which is space diversity system?

▪ A. Two or more antennas operating on two different frequencies?


▪ B. Two transmitters operating at same frequencies
▪ C. Two or more antennas operating on the same frequency
▪ D. Two antennas from two different transmitters
13. What part or section of a TV receiver that separates the sound and video signals?

▪ A. IF stage
▪ B. Video amplifier
▪ C. Video detector
▪ D. Burst separator
14. What is the channel number of an FM station with a carrier frequency of 99.5
MHz?

▪ A. 256
▪ B. 258
▪ C. 257
▪ D. 259
15. In a triple conversion superheterodyne receiver, diode mixer stages are operated

▪ A. In the linear region


▪ B. In the nonlinear region
▪ C. As class A amplifiers
▪ D. As class B amplifiers
16. In ISDN, what is the basic access B channel data rate?

▪ A. 32 kbps
▪ B. 64 kbps
▪ C. 144 kbps
▪ D. 16 kbps
17. What is the channel spacing for MF-HF voice frequencies?
▪ A. 2.8 kHz
▪ B. 500 Hz
▪ C. 3.5 kHz
▪ D. 3 kHz
18. What is the quantization signal-to-noise ratio if an 8-bit PCM code is used?

▪ A. 40 dB
▪ B. 50 dB
▪ C. 60 dB
▪ D. 65 dB
19. What is the emission designation of a single sideband reduced carrier signal?

▪ A. H3E
▪ B. J3E
▪ C. R3E
▪ D. B8E
20. What is the most commonly used intermediate frequency of radar receivers?

▪ A. 40 MHz
▪ B. 60 MHz
▪ C. 70 MHz
▪ D. 30 MHz
21. The input signal of a travelling wave tube is introduced at

▪ A. Cathode
▪ B. Anode
▪ C. Cathode end of the helix
▪ D. Collector end of the helix
22. What determines the ability of radar to determine the bearing to a target?

▪ A. Speed of light
▪ B. Speed of target
▪ C. Antenna directivity
▪ D. Frequency of signal
23. What is the minimum number of bits required in a PCM code for a range of
10,000?

▪ A. 12
▪ B. 9
▪ C. 14
▪ D. 10
24. The antenna current is doubled when the modulation index is doubled in ______
AM system.

▪ A. A5C
▪ B. A3J
▪ C. A3
▪ D. A3H
25. Which of the following is not a bounded medium?

▪ A. Coaxial line
▪ B. Two-wire line
▪ C. Waveguide
▪ D. Free space
26. What is affected by the distance between the listener and the source of the
sound because the intensity varies inversely with the square of the distance?

▪ A. Volume
▪ B. Pitch
▪ C. Loudness
▪ D. Frequency
27. Comparing the capacities of a DVD and an ordinary CD, DVD is ______ time
bigger than CD.

▪ A. 10
▪ B. 20
▪ C. 15
▪ D. 25
28. Locking on to a defined target is known as

▪ A. Homing
▪ B. Referencing
▪ C. Searching
▪ D. Defining
29. What causes the maximum usable frequency to vary?

▪ A. The temperature of the ionosphere


▪ B. The speed of the winds in the upper atmosphere
▪ C. The type of weather just below the ionosphere
▪ D. The amount of radiation received from the sun
30. What limits the sensitivity of a receiver?

▪ A. The power supply of the receiver


▪ B. The power output of a transmitter
▪ C. The noise floor of the receiver
▪ D. The distance between the transmitter and receiver
31. What is the standard test tone used for audio measurements?

▪ A. 100 Hz
▪ B. 500 Hz
▪ C. 1000 Hz
▪ D. 2000 Hz
32. What causes image interference?

▪ A. Low gain
▪ B. High IF
▪ C. Poor front-end selectivity
▪ D. Low signal-to-noise ratio
33. What frequency band is referred to as the metric waves?

▪ A. VHF
▪ B. UHF
▪ C. HF
▪ D. SHF
34. A waveguide passive component that brings a smooth change in the direction of
axis maintained perpendicular to the plane of polarization?

▪ A. L bend
▪ B. H bend
▪ C. T bend
▪ D. X bend
35. How far is the visual carrier from the lowest frequency in the spectrum of a
monochrome TV broadcast channel following the NTSC standard?

▪ A. 1.5 MHz
▪ B. 1.25 MHz
▪ C. 4.5 MHz
▪ D. 0.25 MHz
36. What aircraft deviation is measured by an ILS localizer?

▪ A. Altitude
▪ B. Ground speed
▪ C. Vertical
▪ D. Horizontal
37. Skip zone is otherwise known as

▪ A. Empty zone
▪ B. Shadow zone
▪ C. Null zone
▪ D. Zone of silence
38. In the American standard, the aural transmitter maximum radiated power is _____
of peak visual transmitter power.

▪ A. 10 %
▪ B. 30 %
▪ C. 20 %
▪ D. 40 %
39. What character signifies the start of the test for Bisync?

▪ A. STX
▪ B. SOH
▪ C. BCC
▪ D. ETX
40. A low frequency audible periodic variation in pitch of sound output in high
fidelity sound reproduction system?

▪ A. Flutter
▪ B. Wow
▪ C. String vibration
▪ D. Radio sound
41. When can a corporation or association incorporated under the Philippine laws
and with foreign investors be granted radio station license?

▪ A. When 60% of the capital is owned by Filipino citizens


▪ B. When 50% of the capital is owned by Filipino citizens
▪ C. When the chairman of the board is a Filipino
▪ D. When the president of the corporation/association is a Filipino
42. ______ is a term in the test language for noise testing in telephone circuits that
means a one-syllable word consisting of a consonant, a vowel, and another
consonant.

▪ A. Logatom
▪ B. Nosfer
▪ C. Ore
▪ D. Belcore
43. Why are frequency modulation transmitters more efficient?

▪ A. Because their power is increased by class C amplifiers


▪ B. Because their power is increased by class A amplifiers
▪ C. Because their power is increased by class B amplifiers
▪ D. Because their power is increased by class AB amplifiers
44. A 1000W carrier is amplitude modulated to a depth of 85%. Calculate the total
power of the modulated wave?

▪ A. 1361.25 W
▪ B. 680.62 W
▪ C. 1425 W
▪ D. 712.5 W
45. Which is not an ITU sector?
▪ A. ITU-W
▪ B. ITU-R
▪ C. ITU-T
▪ D. ITU-D
46. What is the process of cancelling the effect on internal device capacitance in
radio transmitters?

▪ A. Degaussing
▪ B. Neutralization
▪ C. Ionization
▪ D. Stabilization
47. Which of the following is the basic synthesizer circuit?

▪ A. Frequency divider
▪ B. Frequency multiplier
▪ C. PLL
▪ D. Mixer
48. Which one is not an important characteristic of the physical layer?

▪ A. Electrical
▪ B. Logical
▪ C. Mechanical
▪ D. All of the choices
49. What is the typical separation between the two conductors in a parallel wire
line?

▪ A. 0.001 to 0.01 m
▪ B. 200 to 500 mm
▪ C. 0.635 to 15.24 cm
▪ D. 2.5 to 5 in.
50. In t-carrier system, t3 has a bit rate of

▪ A. 560.160 Mbps
▪ B. 44.376 Mbps
▪ C. 44.736 Mbps
▪ D. 560.106 Mbps
51. In radio signal emission designation, the fifth symbol means

▪ A. Details of signals
▪ B. Type of information transmitted
▪ C. Nature of multiplexing
▪ D. Nature of signal modulating the main carrier
52. What is the channel spacing for SITOR frequencies?

▪ A. 500 Hz
▪ B. 170 Hz
▪ C. 300 Hz
▪ D. 3 kHz
53. Which of the following is the new name of CCITT?

▪ A. ITU-T
▪ B. ITU-R
▪ C. ITU-S
▪ D. ITU-D
54. Which of the following frequencies is normally used for distress and safety
communications?

▪ A. 4209.5 kHz
▪ B. 490 kHz
▪ C. 518 kHz
▪ D. 2174.5 kHz
55. What is the difference between available power and power budget?

▪ A. Power margin
▪ B. Extra power
▪ C. Fade margin
▪ D. System gain
56. A matched termination in which the electromagnetic energy is absorbed by
water.

▪ A. Maximum power transfer


▪ B. Load
▪ C. Load water
▪ D. Basin
57. What do you call the electrical conduction in a photosensitive material which is
not exposed to radiation?

▪ A. Dark conductance
▪ B. Pure conductance
▪ C. Black out
▪ D. Super conductance
58. How many sidebands are present in the J3E mode?

▪ A. Two sidebands and a carrier


▪ B. One upper sideband
▪ C. One lower sideband
▪ D. Two carriers and one sideband
59. A component that samples the microwave signal travelling in one direction
down to the transmission line
▪ A. Isolator
▪ B. Combiner
▪ C. Directional coupler
▪ D. Attenuator
60. What does OMB stand for?

▪ A. Optical media board


▪ B. Organization of medical biologist
▪ C. Optical medium board
▪ D. Optimum main board
61. A test method of comparing two audio systems by switching inputs so that the
same recording is heard in rapid succession over one given system and then the
other.

▪ A. B test
▪ B. A test
▪ C. AB test
▪ D. C test
62. And ITU-T specification code that deals with the telephone circuits.

▪ A. X series
▪ B. T series
▪ C. V series
▪ D. I series
63. What digital carrier transmits a digital signal at 274.176 Mbps?

▪ A. T1
▪ B. T3
▪ C. T2
▪ D. T4
64. What signal-to-noise ratio is required for satisfactory television reception?

▪ A. 10 dB
▪ B. 30 dB
▪ C. 40 dB
▪ D. 20 dB
65. How many telephone channels are there in AT 2 line?

▪ A. 50
▪ B. 90
▪ C. 83
▪ D. 96
66. What optical source radiates light uniformly in all directions?

▪ A. Isotropic source
▪ B. Lambertian source
▪ C. Voltage source
▪ D. Ideal source
67. What is the spectrum of stereophonic FM signal?

▪ A. 19 to 38 kHz
▪ B. 30 to 53 kHz
▪ C. 59.5 to 74.5 kHz
▪ D. 88 to 108 MHz
68. What is the required quality factor for an SSB filter with the following data:
center frequency = 1 MHz, the desired attenuation level of the unwanted sideband =
80 dB and the separation between sidebands = 200 Hz?

▪ A. 1,250
▪ B. 12,500
▪ C. 125,000
▪ D. 25,000
69. What do you call the reflection of a part of incident light at the interface of two
media that have different refractive indices?

▪ A. Snell’s reflection
▪ B. Fresnel reflection
▪ C. Lambertian reflection
▪ D. Huygen’s reflection
70. Which conference in the ITU-structure does the telecommunication
standardization bureau report?

▪ A. World telecommunication standardization conference


▪ B. ITU-development sector
▪ C. Radio regulation board
▪ D. The secretary general
71. What region around a broadcasting transmitter in which satisfactory reception of
broadcasting signal is not obtained?

▪ A. Fringe area
▪ B. Primary are
▪ C. Secondary area
▪ D. Tertiary area
72. What do you call the random noise seen on radar display screen?

▪ A. Impulse noise
▪ B. Atmospheric noise
▪ C. Grass
▪ D. Johnson noise
73. Which of the following antennas receives signals equally well from all directions
in a horizontal plane?

▪ A. Hetz antenna
▪ B. Vertical Marconi antenna
▪ C. Yagi antenna
▪ D. Helical antenna
74. Where is the brightness control located in a TV?

▪ A. The audio section


▪ B. The video section
▪ C. The grid-cathode circuit
▪ D. The front panel
75. What is the term used in telephony and telegraphy for irregular disturbing
radiation due to various causes and in a particular produced by arc transmitters
causing a rushing sound in receiving telephones?

▪ A. Fax tone
▪ B. Mush
▪ C. Hiss
▪ D. Crosstalk
76. What device in a waveguide system used for stopping or diverting
electromagnetic wave as desired?

▪ A. Mechanical switch
▪ B. Electric switch
▪ C. Push-button switch
▪ D. Waveguide switch
77. What is the maximum power that can be obtained from a microwave tube at 10
GHz?

▪ A. 500 W
▪ B. 10 W
▪ C. 50 W
▪ D. 20 W
78. What do you call a cable consisting of twisted pairs of conductors, each
separately insulated?

▪ A. Microstrip line
▪ B. Strip line
▪ C. Quad
▪ D. Coaxial cable
79. What mixer type has the lowest spurious signals?

▪ A. Double-balanced
▪ B. Single-balanced
▪ C. Super-heterodyner
▪ D. Heterodyner
80. What are the electromagnetic radiations of wavelengths less than 300
angstroms?

▪ A. X-rays
▪ B. Ultraviolet rays
▪ C. Infrared
▪ D. Microwaves
81. What is known as the alignment of the three color guns to a common point?

▪ A. Confetti
▪ B. Divergence
▪ C. Convergence
▪ D. Synchronization
82. What is the department order that governs commercial radio operator?

▪ A. Department Order No. 5


▪ B. Department Order No. 23
▪ C. Department Order No. 88
▪ D. Department Order No. 44
83. The computer which initiates information transfer

▪ A. Master
▪ B. Station
▪ C. Slave
▪ D. Mainframe
84. Which of the following antennas require good grounding?

▪ A. Yagi antenna
▪ B. Hertz antenna
▪ C. Marconi antenna
▪ D. Isotropic antenna
85. Which circuit detects frequency modulated signal?

▪ A. Modulator
▪ B. Discriminator
▪ C. Demodulator
▪ D. Modem
86. What synchronization is provided so that the start and end of message is
identified?

▪ A. Carrier
▪ B. Character
▪ C. Bit
▪ D. Clock
87. A form of regenerative repeater for transmitting signals over a long cable
received through a relay in a clearer form.

▪ A. Active generator
▪ B. Active repeater
▪ C. Interpolator
▪ D. Audio generator
88. What is the minimum propagation delay of a geostationary satellite?

▪ A. 278 ms
▪ B. 239 ms
▪ C. 300 ms
▪ D. 600 ms
89. In measuring crosstalk using dBx unit the reference power is

▪ A. 1 mW
▪ B. 1 W
▪ C. 1 pW
▪ D. 6 mW
90. A spot on the sun’s visible surface where the magnetic flux lines converge?

▪ A. Sunspot
▪ B. Filament
▪ C. Solar spot
▪ D. Prominence
91. ______ is a slow moving large mass of plasma on the sun’s surface.

▪ A. Filament
▪ B. Solar flare
▪ C. Prominence
▪ D. Proton flare
92. ______ is slow moving “cord-like” mass of plasma across the sun’s surface.

▪ A. Filament
▪ B. Solar flare
▪ C. Prominence
▪ D. Solar spot
93. At what particular wavelength is solar flux measured?

▪ A. 10.7 mm band
▪ B. 10.7 m band
▪ C. 10.7 cm band
▪ D. 10.7 nm band
94. What is the approximate intensity of the magnetic field at the earth’s surface?

▪ A. 32,000 nT
▪ B. 62,000 nT
▪ C. 32,000 µT
▪ D. 62,000 µT
95. What is the intensity of the magnetic field at the earth’s north pole?

▪ A. 32,000 nT
▪ B. 62,000 nT
▪ C. 32,000 µT
▪ D. 62,000 µT
96. What do you call a satellite weighing less than 1 kg?

▪ A. Nanosat
▪ B. Picosat
▪ C. Femtosat
▪ D. Microsat
97. The first creature in space was carried by which of the following spacecrafts in
November 3, 1957?

▪ A. Sputnik 1
▪ B. Sputnik 3
▪ C. Sputnik 2
▪ D. Explorer 1
98. The wireless evolution is achieved through the GSM family of wireless
technology platforms which include but except one of the following. Which one is
NOT a member of the GSM family?

▪ A. GSM
▪ B. EDGE
▪ C. GPRS
▪ D. CDMA
99. Which of the following is an enhancement of GSM including the GPRS?

▪ A. 1G
▪ B. 2.5G
▪ C. 2G
▪ D. 3G
100. A low power, short range wireless technology designed to provide a
replacement for serial cables is called ______.

▪ A. WAP
▪ B. GPRS
▪ C. Bluetooth
▪ D. EDGE
1. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
“Compulsory interconnection”

▪ a.) EO 59
▪ b.) EO 546
▪ c.) EO 109
▪ d.) Act 3846
2. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
A single measuring circuit having a resistor if 10 kΩ is connected in series with a 0.5
μF capacitor. What is affective bandwidth?

▪ a.) 50 kHz
▪ b.) 5 Hz
▪ c.) 50 Hz
▪ d.) 500 Hz
3. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
An aircraft deviation measured by an ILS localizer.

▪ a.) Altitude
▪ b.) Ground Speed
▪ c.) Vertical
▪ d.) Horizontal
4. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
In order to have a maximum power transfer, what must be the relation of the input
circuit impedance?

▪ a.) Equal Impedance


▪ b.) Infinity
▪ c.) Zero
▪ d.) Less Than
5. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The ratio of the speed of the light in vacuum to the speed of the light in a material.

▪ a.) Index of Refraction


▪ b.) Dielectric Constant
▪ c.) Velocity Factor
▪ d.) Permittivity
6. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the radiation pattern of a half – wave dipole?

▪ a.) Doughnut Shape


▪ b.) Bi-Directional
▪ c.) Unidirectional
▪ d.) Omnidirectional
7. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
It is produced when an object travels faster than the speed of sound.

▪ a.) Shock Wave


▪ b.) Ultrasound
▪ c.) Sonic Wave
▪ d.) Light Wave
8. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The time used for reference for determining the capacity of accepting calls for
telephone system.

▪ a.) 12 MN
▪ b.) High Usage Hour
▪ c.) 12NN
▪ d.) Low Usage Hour
9. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The term used for deafness of higher frequencies due to old age.

▪ a.) Ear Deafness


▪ b.) Cortial Deafness
▪ c.) Tinnitus
▪ d.) Presbycusis
10. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
Single side band emission is most frequently used in what frequency band?

▪ a.) LF
▪ b.) HF
▪ c.) MF
▪ d.) VLF
11. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A device that converts voice to data.

▪ a.) Vocoder
▪ b.) Covoder
▪ c.) Modern
▪ d.) Repeater
12. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A microwave device which permits signal only in one direction.

▪ a.) RF Emitter
▪ b.) Capacitor
▪ c.) Varactor and triac
▪ d.) Ferrite Isolator
13. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A very small band of frequency that is used to protect interference of adjacent
frequency.

▪ a.) Guard
▪ b.) Carrier
▪ c.) Modulating
▪ d.) Tolerance
14. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
It is a communication system operation where the receiving station controls the
effective data transmission rate at the sending station.

▪ a.) Pacing
▪ b.) Polling
▪ c.) Handshaking
▪ d.) Contention
15. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Where is the AGC in the IF amplifier derived?

▪ a.) Mixer
▪ b.) Rf Amplifier
▪ c.) Detector
▪ d.) Local Oscillator
16. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
What is the voltage in a line, open terminated at the end, quarter-wavelength from
the termination?

▪ a.) Minimum
▪ b.) Maximum
▪ c.) The same
▪ d.) Increasing
17. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the cellular system used in Europe?

▪ a.) GSM
▪ b.) TACS
▪ c.) AMPS
▪ d.) NMT
18. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Satellite revolution in the same direction as the earth’s rotation.

▪ a.) Retrograde
▪ b.) Accelerated
▪ c.) Deccelerated
▪ d.) Posigrade
19. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is meant by the term radiation resistance of an antenna?

▪ a.) The resistance in the trap coils to received signal.


▪ b.) An equipment resistance that would dissipate the same amount of power as
that radiated from an antenna
▪ c.) The specific impedance of an antenna.
▪ d.) Losses in the antenna elements and feed line.
20. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
How do you connect two digital terminal equipment (DTE) in the absence of a
modem?

▪ a.) Line Bridging.


▪ b.) Direct connection with the use of a null modem.
▪ c.) Sharing of line.
▪ d.) Using a router.
21. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
__________ demodulates an FM signal.

▪ a.) Frequency Discriminator


▪ b.) Frequency Multiplier
▪ c.) Diode Detector
▪ d.) IF Amplifier
22. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
The effect of multi mode propagation caused the rays leaving the fiber to interfere
constructively and destructively as they leave the end of the fiber, this effect is
called ________.

▪ a.) multi mode Interference


▪ b.) Modal Delay Spreading
▪ c.) multi mode Effect
▪ d.) Single Modal Effect
23. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
What is the maximum number of lines for any building other than a one or two story
residential building to be required a service entrance facility under ECE building
code?

▪ a.) Two Lines


▪ b.) Five Lines
▪ c.) Three Lines
▪ d.) Not Required
24. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following is not part of the audio frequency section of the radio
transmitter?

▪ a.) AF Voltage
▪ b.) Microphone
▪ c.) Master Oscillator
▪ d.) AF power Amplifier
25. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following solution will you prescribed to a telegraph transmitter power
supply to avert a chirp?

▪ a.) Resonate power supply filters.


▪ b.) Decrease the voltage of power supply.
▪ c.) Regulate the power supply voltage
▪ d.) Decrease current output.
26. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
What is the term for the ratio of actual velocity at which a signal travels through a
line to the speed of light in a vacuum?

▪ a.) Surge Impedance


▪ b.) Characteristics Impedance
▪ c.) Standing Wave Ratio
▪ d.) Velocity Factor
27. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
Which part of the HF marine antenna safety link is intended to be broken during the
unusual movement of the ship?

▪ a.) Halkyard
▪ b.) Weak Part
▪ c.) Mainmast
▪ d.) Foremast
28. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
A PCM has a 30 kHz sampling frequency. What is the maximum input frequency?

▪ a.) 15 kHz
▪ b.) 60 kHz
▪ c.) 45 kHz
▪ d.) 30 kHz
29. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is the capture effect?

▪ a.) The weak signal received is the only demodulated signal.


▪ b.) All signals on a frequency are demodulated by an AM receiver.
▪ c.) All signals on a frequency are demodulated by an AM receiver.
▪ d.) The loudest signal received is the only demodulated signal.
30. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Which of the following microwave antenna is normally used when obtaining an
omni – directional radiation requirement?
▪ a.) Grid Type
▪ b.) Whip
▪ c.) Bicone
▪ d.) Parabolic
31. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is being measured in RADAR theory to complete the determination of a
distance to a target or an object, after a high radio frequency signal is transmitted to
a target?

▪ a.) Transmission time from the source to target.


▪ b.) Transmission time from target back to source.
▪ c.) Echo time of the object to the source.
▪ d.) Complete signal transmission from source and back.
32. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
What is the radio horizon distance between a 150 ft. transmitting station and a 70 ft.
receiving station?

▪ a.) 82.46 mi
▪ b.) 82.46 km
▪ c.) 29.15 km
▪ d.) 29.15 mi
33. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Telephone channel has a band-pass characteristics occupying the frequency range
of _____.

▪ a.) 300 – 2700 Hz


▪ b.) 300 – 3400 Hz
▪ c.) 300 – 3000 Hz
▪ d.) 300 – 400 Hz
34. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
This the Nordic analogue mobile radio telephone system originally used in
Scandinavia.

▪ a.) NMT
▪ b.) GSM
▪ c.) PCN
▪ d.) PCS
35. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
When a signal bandwidth of a TV broadcast over the radio is lessen, using a
technique that limits a picture frequency, this is referred to as ________.

▪ a.) Video Control


▪ b.) Interlaced Scanning
▪ c.) Demodulation
▪ d.) Line Scanning
36. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
These are bend of light wavelengths that are too short to be seen by the human
eye.

▪ a.) Visible
▪ b.) Amber
▪ c.) Infrared
▪ d.) Ultraviolet
37. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
How does the length of the director element of a parasitic element beam antenna
compare with that of the driven element?

▪ a.) It is about 5% longer.


▪ b.) It is one-half as long.
▪ c.) It is twice as long.
▪ d.) It is about 5% shorter.
38. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Refers to the numeric ratio relating to the radiated signal strength of an antenna to
that of another antenna.

▪ a.) Antenna Loss


▪ b.) Antenna Gain
▪ c.) Antenna Bandwidth
▪ d.) Antenna Efficiency
39. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What will happen if there is a great mismatch between the load and the source?

▪ a.) High SWR


▪ b.) Low SWR
▪ c.) Medium SWR
▪ d.) SWR of 1
40. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is used to connect a computer if it is far from the host?

▪ a.) Modem
▪ b.) AVR
▪ c.) Waveguide
▪ d.) Transponder
41. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Range of frequency that an antenna will perform well.

▪ a.) Antenna Bandwidth


▪ b.) Antenna Beamwidth
▪ c.) Antenna Efficiency
▪ d.) Antenna Directivity
42. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the fastest memory of a computer?

▪ a.) RAM
▪ b.) Cache
▪ c.) Magnetic Disk
▪ d.) Magnetic Tape
43. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What composes the electromagnetic waves?

▪ a.) Electric and Magnetic Field


▪ b.) Acoustic and Water Wave
▪ c.) Current and Voltage
▪ d.) Pressure and Frequency
44. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
One of the characteristics of an early facsimile machine which electromechanical
device.

▪ a.) Receive start/stop bits to synchronize.


▪ b.) Using heat that would burn the image into heat.
▪ c.) Using tubes to amplify the signal.
▪ d.) Using fire to heat the thermal paper.
45. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the cable requirement for one or two-storey building that has more than five
telephone lines?

▪ a.) Service Entrance


▪ b.) Service Cable
▪ c.) Building Cable
▪ d.) Residential Cable
46. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A transmission line consisting of center conductor, a plastic insulation, a fine wire
braid shield and outer plastic insulation as a jacket.

▪ a.) coaxial cable


▪ b.) twin cable
▪ c.) wave guide
▪ d.) twisted pair
47. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The executive branch of government in-charge of policy making in
telecommunication.

▪ a.) National Telecommunication Commission


▪ b.) Telecommunication Control Bureau
▪ c.) Department of Transportation and Communication
▪ d.) Bureau of Communication
48. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the dBSPL of an auditorium with contemporary music?

▪ a.) 95 – 100 dB
▪ b.) 40 – 50 dB
▪ c.) 50 – 60 dB
▪ d.) 70 – 80 dB
49. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the symbol designated for a frequency modulated carrier for a single
telephony transmission?

▪ a.) F3E
▪ b.) F3F
▪ c.) G3F
▪ d.) G3E
50. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The layer that is responsible for sky wave propagation and the highest layer?

▪ a.) D
▪ b.) F2
▪ c.) A
▪ d.) E
51. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Process of impressing lower intelligent frequency to higher frequency.

▪ a.) modulation
▪ b.) detection
▪ c.) multiplexing
▪ d.) scrambling
52. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Find the suitable ground plane for a frequency of 220 MHz.

▪ a.) 0.5 m
▪ b.) 0.24 m
▪ c.) 0.34 m
▪ d.) 1.2 m
53. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The term used for the mechanism RADAR searching for an object.

▪ a.) scanning
▪ b.) tracing
▪ c.) lobing
▪ d.) nodding
54. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
▪ a.) variable capacitance
▪ b.) variable resistance
▪ c.) variable inductance
▪ d.) piezoelectric effect
55. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What do you call the telephone system connecting residence and business
establishments?

▪ a.) Public Telephone System


▪ b.) Pay Phone System
▪ c.) Private Network System
▪ d.) Touch Tone System
56. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
In Broadcasting, an area characterized to have no interference but wit fading or
intermittent variations in intensity is _______.

▪ a.) Primary Service Area


▪ b.) Intermediate Service Area
▪ c.) Tertiary Service Area
▪ d.) Secondary Service Area
57. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Information capacity is proportional.

▪ a.) bandwidth
▪ b.) noise
▪ c.) power
▪ d.) flux
58. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the number of lines per field in an NTSC TV?

▪ a.) 525
▪ b.) 262.5
▪ c.) 625
▪ d.) 312.5
59. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
It refers to the time required for a signal to complete one cycle.

▪ a.) Wavelength
▪ b.) Frequency
▪ c.) Amplitude
▪ d.) Period
60. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What happens when the separation between two conductors having the same
diameter decreases?
▪ a.) The characteristic impedance decreases.
▪ b.) The characteristic impedance increases,
▪ c.) The characteristic impedance does not change.
▪ d.) Cannot be determined
61. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The government entity that regulates the cable television industry in the Philippines.

▪ a.) Executive Commission


▪ b.) House of Representatives
▪ c.) NTC
▪ d.) DOTC
62. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A modulation which is amplitude modulated that consist of recurrent pulses.

▪ a.) PAM
▪ b.) PWM
▪ c.) PPM
▪ d.) AM
63. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Which of the following consist of two of the three primary colors in television signal?
a.) red, b) violet,c) yellow, and d) blue.

▪ a.) a and b
▪ b.) b and c
▪ c.) c and d
▪ d.) a and d
64. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Which of the navigational equipment which utilizes the principle of RADAR but is
use in underwater?

▪ a.) TACAN
▪ b.) SONAR
▪ c.) TASI
▪ d.) RADAR
65. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
How can cross – modulation in a receiver be reduced?

▪ a.) Adjust the pass band tuning.


▪ b.) Increase RF amplifier gain and decrease AF amplifier gain
▪ c.) Installing a filter at the receiver
▪ d.) Using a better antenna
66. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The circuit that convert signal in order that it can be fed to the medium suitable for
transmission.
▪ a.) Modulator
▪ b.) Mixer
▪ c.) Receiver
▪ d.) Transmitter
67. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A type of Class C amplifier which has 1 to 10 times the gain of input used to generate
frequency multiple of the fundamental frequency.

▪ a.) Frequency Generator


▪ b.) Frequency Multiplier
▪ c.) Frequency Amplifier
▪ d.) Frequency Divider
68. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
The definition of modulation index:

▪ a.) The radio of deviation frequency and modulating


▪ b.) The ratio of the maximum deviation frequency and maximum modulating
frequency
▪ c.) The ratio of actual deviation to the maximum deviation
▪ d.) The ratio of the maximum deviation to the actual deviation
69. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
One of the following can be best attained by a trap antenna in radio
communication?

▪ a.) Increase transmitter gain


▪ b.) Directionality
▪ c.) Effective filter to noise signal
▪ d.) Multi frequency band operation
70. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
When we talk of the study of acoustics, a sound is considered _____wave.

▪ a.) Circular
▪ b.) Light
▪ c.) Laser
▪ d.) Longitudinal
71. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
One of the major components required under the global maritime distress and
safety system.

▪ a.) Provision of Morse code


▪ b.) Provision of radio telegraph operator
▪ c.) Provision of facsimile
▪ d.) Provision of radio personnel
72. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
A resultant effect in launching a satellite from the earth caused by both forward
motion away from the earth that produces inertia tending the satellite to travel in
straight line upwards and the gravitational pull towards the earth is referred to as
_______.

▪ a.) Centripetal acceleration


▪ b.) Gravity
▪ c.) Weight of satellite
▪ d.) Satellite Speed
73. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
A RADAR set receiver has normally a ________ mixer stage.

▪ a.) Tunnel diode


▪ b.) FET
▪ c.) Class A
▪ d.) Silicon Crystal
74. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
Refers to a connector that normally connects RG – 213 coaxial cable to an HF
transceiver.

▪ a.) N-type Cable


▪ b.) F-type Cable
▪ c.) PL-259
▪ d.) BNC
75. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following refers to the bandwidth of optical fiber?

▪ a.) 1 Hz – 30,000 Hz
▪ b.) 1 kHz – 300 kHz
▪ c.) 1MHz – 300 MHz
▪ d.) 1MHz – 500MHz
76. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
How many commissioners does the National Telecommunications Commission
have?

▪ a.) 1
▪ b.) 5
▪ c.) 3
▪ d.) 2
77. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which one is referred to the reduction of receiver gain caused by strong signal from
nearby transmission of adjacent frequency?

▪ a.) Intermodulation
▪ b.) Quieting
▪ c.) Fading
▪ d.) Desensitizing
78. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Transmission of information through a communication modem is intended to
transmit digital information over which of the following type of communication
medium?

▪ a.) Digital
▪ b.) Hybrid
▪ c.) Radio
▪ d.) Analog
79. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
Determine from the following an advantage using a trap antenna.

▪ a.) It has directivity in the high frequency bands.


▪ b.) Can be used for multiband operation.
▪ c.) Minimizes harmonic radiation.
▪ d.) Has high gain.
80. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
What do you call a circuit in PCM wherein the instantaneous sinusoidal wave is
regular sample and converted to a discrete amplitude levels?

▪ a.) analog to digital converter


▪ b.) sample and hold
▪ c.) modem
▪ d.) multiplexer
81. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
Determine from the following, possible cause for a slow drift of frequency in self-
excited transmitter oscillator circuits resulting to poor frequency stability.

▪ a.) Faulty capacitors, resistors, tubes or transistors.


▪ b.) Loose shielding.
▪ c.) Heating in the oscillator device causing a change in electrical characteristics.
▪ d.) Loose connections in the oscillator, amplifier or antenna circuits.
82. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following penalty is provided under the existing telecommunications
law, should an international carrier unable to comply with its obligation to provide
local exchange service in un-served and underserved areas within three years from
grant of authority?

▪ a.) Financial penalty in accordance with existing schedules.


▪ b.) Cancellation of its authority.
▪ c.) Given one year to comply.
▪ d.) Given two years to comply.
83. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
In basic transmitter such as CW transmission, the rounding off of square wave
emission will reduce________.

▪ a.) Reach
▪ b.) Voltage
▪ c.) Bandwidth
▪ d.) Transmitter power
84. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
Refers to one possible cause for an abrupt frequency variation in a self-excited
transmitter oscillator circuits resulting to a poor frequency stability to hold a
constant oscillation.

▪ a.) Poor soldered connections.


▪ b.) Heating of capacitor in the oscillator.
▪ c.) DC and RF ac heating of resistors, which cause change in values.
▪ d.) Aging which cause change condition in parts characteristics.
85. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following is referred to the SYN character of ASCII code?

▪ a.) 32H
▪ b.) 16H
▪ c.) 64H
▪ d.) 8H
86. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
In a basic radio transmitter, what is the main disadvantage of a single-tube
transmitter?

▪ a.) Frequency Instability


▪ b.) Non-portable
▪ c.) Heating Effect
▪ d.) Bulky
87. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
One of the following is considered the largest source of signal power loss in the use
of fiber optic as a communication medium such as due to misalignment.

▪ a.) Bending
▪ b.) Scattering
▪ c.) Connection
▪ d.) Absorption
88. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Statement, which best describe a mixing process in radio communication.

▪ a.) Process of eliminating noise through phase differentiation.


▪ b.) Producing sum and difference of two frequencies from a combination of two
signals.
▪ c.) Processing of eliminating noise through phase comparison.
▪ d.) Combination of two signals to form three or more output signals.
89. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the input impedance equivalent of an open-ended transmission line which
is longer than a quarter wavelength?

▪ a.) Open equivalent


▪ b.) Equivalent to reactive circuit
▪ c.) As resistive equivalent
▪ d.) As pure inductor
90. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
How would you isolate data communications faults in a basic error determination
technique?

▪ a.) Test each cards.


▪ b.) Simulate the loop.
▪ c.) Test each repeater.
▪ d.) Carry out loopback test.
91. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Which of the following describes its system services control point, logical units and
physical units as network addressable units in a data network?

▪ a.) Digital Network Architecture


▪ b.) Internetworking
▪ c.) Interconnection Point
▪ d.) System Network Architecture
92. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
A telecommunications law that deregulates the paging services in the country.

▪ a.) E. O. 125
▪ b.) Act 3846
▪ c.) Act 3396
▪ d.) R.A. 7925
93. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
What refers to breaking up the data into blocks with some bounded size?

▪ a.) Framing
▪ b.) Segmentation
▪ c.) Encapsulation
▪ d.) Packing
94. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
What is the apogee of a geosynchronous satellite’s temporary orbit before be
placed in the geosynchronous orbit?

▪ a.) 50,000 mi
▪ b.) 40,000 mi
▪ c.) 22,300 mi
▪ d.) 30,000 mi
95. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A device used in television broadcast that prevents any FM signal from entering into
the visual transmitter and vice versa.

▪ a.) Duplexer
▪ b.) Mixer
▪ c.) Diplexer
▪ d.) Synchronizer
96. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
A sound intensity that could cause painful sensation in the human ear.

▪ a.) Threshold of Sense


▪ b.) Threshold of Pain
▪ c.) Hearing Threshold
▪ d.) Sensation Intensity
97. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is the first symbol of radio signal emission having an amplitude modulated
main carrier single sideband suppressed carrier?

▪ a.) C
▪ b.) A
▪ c.) J
▪ d.) H
98. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
What us the baseband frequency of standard FDM basic super group?

▪ a.) 300 to 600 kHz


▪ b.) 312 to 552 kHz
▪ c.) 60 to 2540 kHz
▪ d.) 60 to 180 kHz
99. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
Very High (radio) Frequency in the spectrum refers to _______ waves.

▪ a.) Centimetric
▪ b.) Hectometric
▪ c.) Kilometric
▪ d.) Metric
100. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What wave trap frequency is used in the video amplifier?

▪ a.) 39.75 MHz


▪ b.) 41.25 MHz
▪ c.) 4.5 MHz
▪ d.) 47.25 MHz
1. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following best described the primary source of errors in the
transmission of data over telephone networks?

▪ a.) Thermal Noise


▪ b.) Crosstalk
▪ c.) Impulse Noise
▪ d.) Intermodulation
2. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
Which part of the HF marine antenna handles the broken safety link, in case it
results collision, grounding or storm?

▪ a.) The lead-in.


▪ b.) The foremast.
▪ c.) The strong part.
▪ d.) The halyard.
3. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
A reduction in receiver sensitivity caused by unwanted high-level adjacent channel
signals.

▪ a.) Intermodulation
▪ b.) Overloading
▪ c.) Interference
▪ d.) Desensitizing
4. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Which of the following system uses frequency band 870-890 MHz as a transmit
band of its base station?

▪ a.) Total Access Communication System (TACS)


▪ b.) Nordic Mobile Telephone (NMT)
▪ c.) Public Mobile System (PMS)
▪ d.) Advance Mobile Phone Services (AMPS)
5. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Refers to a mobile earth station in the mobile-satellite service located on board ship.

▪ a.) Mobile Station


▪ b.) Ship Station
▪ c.) Ship Earth Station
▪ d.) Mobile Satellite Station
6. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
What is the electric field strength in millivolts per meter if the transmitted power is
30kW, at a distance of 5km?
▪ a.) 120 mV/m
▪ b.) 190 mV/m
▪ c.) 150 mV/m
▪ d.) 30 mV/m
7. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Frequency band where Total Access Communication System is allocated.

▪ a.) 86-869 MHz; 821-824 MHz


▪ b.) 870-890 MHz; 825-845 MHz
▪ c.) 851-866 MHz; 806-821 MHz
▪ d.) 935-960 MHz; 890-915 MHz
8. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)

Which of the following is used as a standard channel spacing for AM broadcast in


the Philippines?

▪ a.) 25 kHz
▪ b.) 12.5 kHz
▪ c.) 40 kHz
▪ d.) 9 kHz
9. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
What is the frequency separation between the aural carrier and the lower limits of
the total channel band of a monochrome TV broadcast?

▪ a.) 1.25 MHz


▪ b.) 4.5 MHz
▪ c.) 3.0 MHz
▪ d.) 5.75 MHz
10. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)

Which satellite transponder has the most number of mixers?

▪ a.) Regenerative
▪ b.) Broadband
▪ c.) Double-Conversion
▪ d.) Channelized
11. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
An advantage of fiber optic co-axial cable as a result of coupling signals from one to
the other due to changing magnetic field in one or both.

▪ a.) Feedback
▪ b.) Crosstalk
▪ c.) Electric Hazard
▪ d.) Shielding
12. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
How can even-order harmonics be reduced or prevented in transmitter amplifier
design?

▪ a.) By using a push-push amplifier


▪ b.) By using push-pull amplifier
▪ c.) By operating Class C
▪ d.) By operating Class AB
13. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
With which emission type is the capture effect most pronounced?

▪ a.) FM
▪ b.) SSB
▪ c.) AM
▪ d.) CW
14. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the term used to refer to the reception blockage of one FM-phone signal by
another FM-phone signal?

▪ a.) Desensitization
▪ b.) Cross-modulation Interference
▪ c.) Capture Effect
▪ d.) Frequency Discrimination
15. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the primary purpose of an RF amplifier in a receiver?

▪ a.) To provide most of the receiver gain.


▪ b.) To develop the AGC voltage.
▪ c.) To improve the receiver’s noise figure.
▪ d.) To vary the receiver image rejection by utilizing the AGC.
16. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the product of the power fed to the antenna and its power gain?

▪ a.) Antenna Power


▪ b.) ERP
▪ c.) PEP
▪ d.) Peak Power
17. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is the reason why Hertz antenna is not normally used to radio station or
receiver or transmitter antenna that has frequency below 2MHz?

▪ a.) The antenna receives more inter-modulation signal.


▪ b.) The antenna receive side becomes non-receptive.
▪ c.) The antenna will be physically very small.
▪ d.) The antenna will be physically very large.
18. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
In the study of transmission cable, twin lead is also referred to as________.

▪ a.) Twisted pair


▪ b.) Double cable
▪ c.) Ribbon cable
▪ d.) Open pair
19. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
In an open architecture concept of data communication, one of the following is not a
function of a control layer.

▪ a.) Fault correction


▪ b.) Congestion control
▪ c.) Fault detection
▪ d.) Integrity of data
20. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
What are the two legislative function of the International Telecommunications Union
in its international conference issues on orbital resources?

▪ a.) Assign frequencies and organizes conferences.


▪ b.) Allocates frequency bands for the services and determine the principle of
distribution of orbit/spectrum resources.
▪ c.) Determine the principles of spectrum distribution and assignment of
frequencies.
▪ d.) Conduct conferences and allocation of orbital slot.
21. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What transmission medium is capable of carrying up to 10Gbps capacity?

▪ a.) Twisted pair


▪ b.) Optical fiber
▪ c.) Coax
▪ d.) Microwave link
22. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the controlling node of a star topology system?

▪ a.) Modem
▪ b.) Codec
▪ c.) Hub
▪ d.) ADC
23. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the most efficient topology used by small business organization?

▪ a.) Mesh
▪ b.) Star
▪ c.) Bus
▪ d.) Ring
24. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Which of the following network topology has the fastest speed?

▪ a.) Star
▪ b.) Ring
▪ c.) Bus
▪ d.) Mesh
25. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
The latest and most advanced equipment in data communications is
a/an___________.

▪ a.) Amplifier
▪ b.) Simulator
▪ c.) Protocol analyzer
▪ d.) Spectrum analyzer
26. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Which has the highest priority in radio telephone communication?

▪ a.) Distress
▪ b.) Safety
▪ c.) Urgency
▪ d.) Roger
27. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
In satellite communications, what is the frequency of the V-band?

▪ a.) 27-40 GHz


▪ b.) 4-8 GHz
▪ c.) 8-12GHz
▪ d.) 40-75 GHz
28. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is meant by the term antenna gain?

▪ a.) The numerical ratio relating the radiated signal strength of an antenna to that
of another antenna.
▪ b.) The ratio of the signal in the forward direction to the signal in the back
direction.
▪ c.) The ratio of the amount of power to produce by the antenna compared to the
output power of the transmitter.
▪ d.) The final amplifier gain minus the transmission line losses.
29. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is an advantage using a trap antenna?

▪ a.) It has antenna gain


▪ b.) It minimizes harmonic radiation
▪ c.) It has high directivity in the high frequency bands
▪ d.) It may be used for multiband operations
30. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the wavelength of a shorted stub used to absorb even harmonics?

▪ a.) 0.5 wavelength


▪ b.) 1/3 wavelength
▪ c.) 0.25 wavelength
▪ d.) 1/8 wavelength
31. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
Who coined the term fiber optics?

▪ a.) Hansell
▪ b.) Hopkins
▪ c.) N.S. Kapany
▪ d.) Van heel
32. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
How does the length of the reflector element of a parasitic beam antenna compare
with that of a driven element?

▪ a.) It is about 5% longer.


▪ b.) It is about 5% shorter
▪ c.) It is twice as long
▪ d.) It is one-half as long
33. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
In a half wave antenna, where are the current nodes?

▪ a.) At the ends


▪ b.) At the center
▪ c.) One-half of the way from the feed point toward the end.
▪ d.) Three-quarters of the way from the feed point toward the end.
34. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Why is a loading coil often used with an HF mobile antenna?

▪ a.) To improve reception


▪ b.) To lower the losses
▪ c.) To lower the Q.
▪ d.) To tune out the capacitive resistance.
35. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is a frequency discriminator?

▪ a.) A circuit for detecting FM signals


▪ b.) A circuit for filtering two closely adjacent signals.
▪ c.) An automatic band switching circuit.
▪ d.) An FM generator.
36. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the period of a wave?

▪ a.) The time required to complete one cycle.


▪ b.) The number of degrees in one cycle.
▪ c.) The number of zero crossing in one cycle.
▪ d.) The amplitude of the wave.
37. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
The implementing guidelines on international satellite communications
is___________.

▪ a.) EO 467
▪ b.) EO 846
▪ c.) DO 11
▪ d.) DO 88
38. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What was implemented in 1999 which has the purpose of aiding the maritime
navigation using satellite as well as advanced terrestrial communication system?

▪ a.) GMDSS
▪ b.) AMPS
▪ c.) GLONASS
▪ d.) NAVSTAR
39. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Which of the following is not a DTE?

▪ a.) Telephone set


▪ b.) Computer
▪ c.) Bridge
▪ d.) Printer
40. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the transmission of data through a different time slots?

▪ a.) TDM
▪ b.) FDM
▪ c.) WDM
▪ d.) CDM
41. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the parameter that affects the computation of image frequency?

▪ a.) Q
▪ b.) fLO
▪ c.) fIF
▪ d.) D
42. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Which of the following could not be observed in a microwave communications?
▪ a.) LOS
▪ b.) Wide BW
▪ c.) Better Signal Penetration
▪ d.) Directional Antenna
43. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
The service area where the signal is subject to fading with no objectionable
interference.

▪ a.) Primary service area


▪ b.) Secondary service area
▪ c.) Intermittent service area
▪ d.) Quarternary service area
44. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
By examining the following antenna type, determine which is properly terminated?

▪ a.) Non-resonant Type


▪ b.) Half-wave Dipole
▪ c.) Whip antenna Type
▪ d.) Resonant Type
45. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is the third letter symbol in the emission designation for telemetry?

▪ a.) F
▪ b.) B
▪ c.) D
▪ d.) N
46. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the frequency tolerance of FM broadcasting?

▪ a.) 25 kHz
▪ b.) 20 kHz
▪ c.) 2 kHz
▪ d.) 30 kHz
47. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
Which of the following is commonly used search engine?

▪ a.) .edu
▪ b.) www
▪ c.) .org
▪ d.) Excite
48. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
When the electric field is perpendicular to the surface of the earth, what is the
polarization of the electromagnetic wave?

▪ a.) Vertical
▪ b.) Horizontal
▪ c.) Circular
▪ d.) Elliptical
49. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is the deviation ratio of an FM signal if the maximum allowable deviation is 12
kHz and the maximum intelligence frequency is 4 kHz?

▪ a.) 3
▪ b.) 48
▪ c.) 2/3
▪ d.) 1/3
50. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is the typical satellite communications bandwidth?

▪ a.) 20 MHz
▪ b.) 30 MHz
▪ c.) 40 MHz
▪ d.) 500 MHz
51. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
The following are not used in radio communications, except________.

▪ a.) Infrared
▪ b.) Cosmic
▪ c.) X-ray
▪ d.) Gamma
52. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
A modem which can be used to send data and fax.

▪ a.) Bell 212A


▪ b.) ARQ
▪ c.) Fax modem
▪ d.) Data modem
53. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is the output of a balanced modulator.

▪ a.) SSB
▪ b.) DSB
▪ c.) ISB
▪ d.) VSB
54. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)

An emission technique where the total current will be twice as much when the
modulation index is doubled.

▪ a.) J3E
▪ b.) H3E
▪ c.) A3E
▪ d.) R3E
55. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
Which of the following uses frequency modulator circuit?

▪ a.) A3E
▪ b.) F3E
▪ c.) H3E
▪ d.) R3E
56. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
What is used to display harmonics and fundamental frequency?

▪ a.) Oscilloscope
▪ b.) Spectrum Analyzer
▪ c.) Wattmeter
▪ d.) Ohmmeter
57. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
What is the free space loss, in dB, of a microwave system when the frequency is 6
GHz at 40km apart?

▪ a.) 170 dB
▪ b.) 150 dB
▪ c.) 160 dB
▪ d.) 140 dB
58. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
When the signal becomes weak, the base will request the MTSO to find another site.

▪ a.) Roaming
▪ b.) Hand-off
▪ c.) Frequency Re-use
▪ d.) Cell splitting
59. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is the interference between the switching office and the mobile unit.

▪ a.) Cell sites


▪ b.) MTSO
▪ c.) Microwave link
▪ d.) Base station
60. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
Which is not an omni-directional antenna?

▪ a.) Vertical folded dipole


▪ b.) Discone
▪ c.) Rhombic
▪ d.) Marconi
61. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
Which satellite band is affected by VHF signals?

▪ a.) L
▪ b.) C
▪ c.) P
▪ d.) Ku
62. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is produced by over-modulation in AM?

▪ a.) Sidebands
▪ b.) Jitter
▪ c.) Glitch
▪ d.) Spurious Signal
63. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
_____ is the process of sending out the information in all directions.

▪ a.) Navigation
▪ b.) Broadcasting
▪ c.) Acoustics
▪ d.) Telemetry
64. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
How do you increase the electrical length of an antenna?

▪ a.) Add an inductor in parallel


▪ b.) Add an inductor in series
▪ c.) Add a capacitor in series
▪ d.) Add a resistor in series.
65. (ECE Board Problem, April 2001)
What is the usual electrical length of a driven element in HF beam antenna?

▪ a.) ¼ wavelength
▪ b.) ½ wavelength
▪ c.) ¾ wavelength
▪ d.) 1 wavelength
66. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)

What is the point in the satellite as it crosses the equator?

▪ a.) Apogee
▪ b.) Node
▪ c.) Perigee
▪ d.) Orbit
67. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
Direct Distance Dialing is________.

▪ a.) Private line


▪ b.) Public line
▪ c.) Lease line
▪ d.) Dial-up
68. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A path wherein a satellite crosses in the equator heading south.

▪ a.) Ascending node


▪ b.) Descending node
▪ c.) Orbital
▪ d.) Polar
69. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
In what frequency band does 4-6 GHz fall in the satellite communications?

▪ a.) C-Band
▪ b.) L-Band
▪ c.) X-band
▪ d.) K-band
70. (ECE Board Problem, November 2001)
A computer network found in the same building.

▪ a.) Local area network


▪ b.) Wide area network
▪ c.) Metropolitan area network
▪ d.) PLL
71. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
Which of the following antenna feedline can easily be buried underground for a
distance without adverse effects?

▪ a.) Waveguide
▪ b.) Twisted pair
▪ c.) Coaxial cable
▪ d.) Twin lead
72. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
In the study of wave propagation, a condition at which zero absorption of radio
waves is describe as__________.

▪ a.) Zero reflection medium


▪ b.) Neutral medium
▪ c.) Free space medium
▪ d.) Non-active medium
73. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
Which of the following in the radio emission designation refers to the first symbol?
▪ a.) Nature of signal modulating the main carrier
▪ b.) Type of modulation of the main carrier
▪ c.) Emission bandwidth
▪ d.) Type of information
74. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
The process of exchanging predetermine codes and signals in telecommunications
between two data terminals to establish a connection is called.

▪ a.) Hands-off
▪ b.) Polling
▪ c.) Handshake
▪ d.) Demodulation
75. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
It is an electronic instrument which can be referred to as a miniature radio
transmitter and can be made to generate signals at any desired frequency, normally
it is used for test purposes.

▪ a.) Volt-ohm milliammeter


▪ b.) Signal generator
▪ c.) Oscilloscope
▪ d.) Wavemeter
76. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
A network interconnection facility which is used to interconnect networks whose
architectures are entirely different is called________.

▪ a.) Bridge
▪ b.) Router
▪ c.) Gateway
▪ d.) Repeater
77. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
Type of multi-channel transmission in the optic fiber communication that uses a
twisted pair coupler to transmit two signals of different wavelengths.

▪ a.) Frequency-division multiplexing


▪ b.) Forward-division multiplexing
▪ c.) Pulse-code multiplexing
▪ d.) Time-division multiplexing
78. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
These are the rules in data communications intended for establishing data links and
message interpretation.

▪ a.) Mode
▪ b.) EIA Rules
▪ c.) CCIR Rules
▪ d.) Protocol
79. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
A radio station in mobile service intended to be used while in motion or during halts
at unspecified points.

▪ a.) Maritime radio station


▪ b.) Land mobile station
▪ c.) Mobile station
▪ d.) Mobile earth station
80. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is the advantage on the TV receiver audio by employing FM audio and AM
video on the television transmitter?

▪ a.) FM receiver rejects static noise


▪ b.) FM receiver is basically insensitive to amplitude modulation
▪ c.) FM receiver is basically insensitive to amplitude modulation
▪ d.) FM receiver is clear over AM.
81. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What does the elastic store refereed to in the time division multiplex system used in
fiber optic?

▪ a.) Amplifier
▪ b.) Holding memory
▪ c.) Reflector
▪ d.) Timer
82. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
What are the two general categories of methods for generating emission F3E?

▪ a.) The only way to produce an emission F3E signal is with a reactance
modulator on the oscillator.
▪ b.) The only way to produce an emission F3E signal is with a balanced
modulator on the oscillator.
▪ c.) The only way to produce an emission F3E signal is with a balanced
modulator on the audio amplifier.
▪ d.) The only way to produce an emission F3E signal is with a reactance
modulator on the final amplifier.
83. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
Pressure us measured in terms of Pascal, microbar, or__________.

▪ a.) Newtons
▪ b.) Newtons per meter
▪ c.) Newtons per meter squared
▪ d.) Pascal per meter squared
84. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
What is the function of the network layer in the computer communications?
▪ a.) Parity control
▪ b.) Direction control
▪ c.) Congestion control
▪ d.) Error control
85. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Which of the following limits the top speed of transmitting information in fiber optic?

▪ a.) Noise
▪ b.) Detector speed
▪ c.) Time domain
▪ d.) Refractor index
86. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
A mobile telephone system which uses an analogue cellular radio standard which
was superseded by Advanced Mobile Phone System in the U.S.

▪ a.) TDMA
▪ b.) IMTS
▪ c.) CDMA
▪ d.) D-AMPS
87. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Satellite that rotates around the earth in a low altitude elliptical or circular pattern.

▪ a.) Geosynchronous Satellite


▪ b.) Prograde
▪ c.) Nonsynchronous satellite
▪ d.) Apogee
88. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
One of the following processes or system best describe an example of a pilot tone
system normally use in commercial broadcast FM stations.

▪ a.) Time division


▪ b.) Frequency division
▪ c.) Stereo multiplex
▪ d.) QSK
89. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
What is the main reason why coaxial cable is not used in microwave signal
transmission?

▪ a.) Wide bandwidth


▪ b.) Number of repeaters
▪ c.) Low impedance
▪ d.) High attenuation
90. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Refers to a characteristic of a multimode fiber optic.
▪ a.) Cladding thickness is less than the radius of the core and diameter of the
core must be greater than the wavelength of the light to be carried.
▪ b.) Cladding thickness is greater than the radius of the core and the diameter of
the core must be lesser than the wavelength of the light to be carried.
▪ c.) Cladding thickness is less than the radius of the core and the diameter of the
core must be lesser than the wavelength of the light to be carried.
▪ d.) Cladding thickness is greater than the radius of the core and the diameter of
the core must be much greater than the wavelength of the light to be carried.
91. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Two or more LAN linked together over the wide geographical area.

▪ a) HAN
▪ b) WAN
▪ c) MAN
▪ d) RAN
92. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
A process of sending data in computing technology by asking each remote
computer terminal one at a time if such computer terminal has data to send.

▪ a) Selection
▪ b) Networking
▪ c) Polling
▪ d) Coding
93. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
What is the primary purpose of an RF amplifier in receiver?

▪ a) To vary the receiver image rejection by utilizing the AGC.


▪ b) To provide the most receiver gain.
▪ c) To develop the AGC voltage.
▪ d) To improve the receiver’s noise figure.
94. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Why are fiber optic cables considered less expensive compared to coaxial cables in
communication system?

▪ a) Coaxial is very expensive than fiber optic.


▪ b) Due to weight.
▪ c) Installation cost of coaxial.
▪ d) Use of less repeaters.
95. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
Refers to as a linkage by wire, radio, satellite or other means, of two or more
telecommunications carrier or operators with one another for the purpose of
allowing or enabling the subscriber of one carrier or operator to access or reach the
subscribers of the other carrier or operator.

▪ a) Interconnection
▪ b) Toll patching
▪ c) Gateway
▪ d) Outside plant sharing
96. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
In order to have an effective radio antenna the design of its radiator must have a
minimum length equivalent to________.

▪ a) Λ/10
▪ b) Λ/4
▪ c) Λ/14
▪ d) Λ/6
97. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Referred as the forward link channel of the cellular duplex system.

▪ a) Cell to Cell
▪ b) Mobile to Mobile unit
▪ c) Mobile to Cell unit
▪ d) Cell to Mobile unit
98. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
Method of a telecommunications operation where transmission can be made
simultaneously in both direction of a channel.

▪ a) Semi-duplex Operation
▪ b) Duplex Operation
▪ c) Half-duplex Operation
▪ d) Simplex Operation
99. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
Which symbol in radio signal emission designation is referred to type of modulation
of the main carrier?

▪ a) Second
▪ b) Fourth
▪ c) Third
▪ d) First
100. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
What type of emission is produced when an amplitude-modulated transmitter is
modulated by a facsimile signal?

▪ a. A3F
▪ b. F3
▪ c. A3C
▪ d. F3F
▪ 1. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ A point in the satellite orbit known to be the closest location to the surface of
the earth.
▪ a) Zenith
▪ b) Perigee
▪ c) Apogee
▪ d) Azimuth

▪ 2. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Determine from the following the common use of DSB in broadcast and
telecommunication.
▪ a) Satellite Communication
▪ b) FM/TV Stereo
▪ c) Two-Way Communication
▪ d) Telephone System

▪ 3. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Determine the image frequency of a broadcast band receiver using a 455 kHz
IF tuned to 630 kHz-DZMM.
▪ a) 1085 kHz
▪ b) 1530 kHz
▪ c) 1540 kHz
▪ d) 1715 kHz

▪ 4. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ A phenomenon which causes the speed of light rays propagation in the fiber
material changes, as it passes through different medium in the fiber.
▪ a) Bending
▪ b) Refraction
▪ c) Diffraction
▪ d) Reflection

▪ 5. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ An electronic equipment used in the radio communication to measure
standing wave ratio.
▪ a) Radio meter
▪ b) Reflectometer
▪ c) Oscilloscope
▪ d) Wave Meter

▪ 6. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Referred as an effect of parasitic elements in an antenna system.
▪ a) Decrease its directivity
▪ b) Makes the antenna omni directional
▪ c) Makes the antenna isotropic
▪ d) Increase its directivity

▪ 7. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Radio wave concentration in the direction of the signal emitted by a
directional antenna.
▪ a) Side lobe radiation
▪ b) Major lobe radiation
▪ c) Back lobe radiation
▪ d) Transmitted signal

▪ 8. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
▪ What is the main principle used by ITU in determining the distribution of the
orbit/ spectrum resources?
▪ a) Depending on the geographical boundary of a nation
▪ b) Efficient use and equitable access.
▪ c) Depending on a national sovereignty declaration
▪ d) Equal distribution

▪ 9. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ What quarter-wave transformer will match a 600Ω transmission line to an
antenna whose value is 70 Ω?
▪ a.) 205 Ω
▪ b.) 502 Ω
▪ c.) 600 Ω
▪ d.) 75 Ω

▪ 10. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ Let us consider a frequency range of 405.0125 MHz to 405.0875 MHz and a 25
kHz channeling plan, determine the center frequency of the second channel
from the lower limit.
▪ a.) 405.050 MHz
▪ b.) 405.0125 MHz
▪ c.) 405.025 MHz
▪ d.) 405.011 MHz

▪ 11. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ What is the reason why 5/8-whip vertical antenna is of advantage than
quarter wave vertical whip antenna?
▪ a.) Less interference
▪ b.) Can handle high power signal
▪ c.) More gain
▪ d.) Flexible

▪ 12. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Why is it that almost all switching type integrated data communication
circuits are called digital?
▪ a.) They are mostly on/off devices.
▪ b.) They process digital information
▪ c.) They are small type
▪ d.) They are integrated circuits.

▪ 13. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Which of the following shall be complied by an international ship pursuant to
the global maritime distress and safety system implemented last 1999?
▪ a.) A facsimile
▪ b.) A radio personnel
▪ c.) A Morse code
▪ d.) A radio telegraph operator

▪ 14. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Bit rate of a telecommunications carrier T2.
▪ a.) 7.312 Mb/s
▪ b.) 7.318 Mb/s
▪ c.) 6.511 Mb/s
▪ d.) 6.312 Mb/s

▪ 15. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ In propagation of radio signals through an aerial at what angle does not
magnetic field is positioned with reference to the direction of propagation.
▪ a.) 180
▪ b.) 90
▪ c.) 0
▪ d.) 45

▪ 16. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ What is the frequency separation between the visual carrier and the upper
limits of its total channel bandwidth of a monochrome TV broadcast?
▪ a.) 4.5 MHz
▪ b.) 4.75 MHz
▪ c.) 3.0 MHz
▪ d.) 1.25 MHz

▪ 17. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ In radio communications, the term trap antenna is referred to in one of the
following statements.
▪ a.) Antenna with wide beam width
▪ b.) Those antennas with high rejecting capability to interfering signals.
▪ c.) Those antenna with long coverage in terms of distance
▪ d.) Antenna which can be used on more than one band due to the use of
parallel LC networks.

▪ 18. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ What is the range of an AM broadcast frequency tolerance above or below its
assigned frequency?
▪ a.) 25kHz
▪ b.) 20 Hz
▪ c.) 60 kHz
▪ d.) 120 kHz

▪ 19. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Which part of the housing system in ECE code is a circular opening through
the floor structure to allow the passage of cable and wire.
▪ a.) Insert
▪ b.) Sleeve
▪ c.) Raceway
▪ d.) Slot

▪ 20. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ What is the length of a simple quarter wave antenna using a VHF frequency
of 150.55 MHz?
▪ a.) 0.98 ft.
▪ b.) 1.24 ft.
▪ c.) 1.80 ft.
▪ d.) 1.55 ft.

▪ 21. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ In the study of acoustics, the velocity of sound is dependent to one of the
following.
▪ a.) Temperature
▪ b.) Loudness
▪ c.) Source of sound
▪ d.) Properties of the medium

▪ 22. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Which of the following is not considered as one of the causes for the loss of
signal power as light travels through a fiber optic?
▪ a.) Scattering
▪ b.) Intermodulation
▪ c.) Fiber bending
▪ d.) Absorption

▪ 23. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ Referred to as a light source of fiber optic, which supplies power level of 5 to
7 mW and having a narrow spectrum of emission.
▪ a.) Injection laser diode
▪ b.) Photodiode
▪ c.) Light emitting diode
▪ d.) Crystal diode

▪ 24. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ A digital mobile telephone system, which is called European derivative of
Global System for Mobile Communication System operating at a higher
frequency band.
▪ a.) E-TACS
▪ b.) IMTS
▪ c.) DCS-1800
▪ d.) TACS

▪ 25. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Communication through the use of a modem is transmission of__________
data information in ____________ medium.
▪ a.) Analog, analog
▪ b.) Analog, digital
▪ c.) Digital, analog
▪ d.) Digital, digital

▪ 26. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ What type of emission is produced when amplitude modulated transmitter is
modulated by a television signal?
▪ a.) A3F
▪ b.) F3C
▪ c.) F3F
▪ d.) A3C

▪ 27. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ A term, used in radio communication defining the frequency band from the
lowest to its highest limits, designed to be passed through a component,
system or a device with an acceptable attenuation.
▪ a.) Allocated band
▪ b.) Baseband
▪ c.) Bandwidth
▪ d.) Transmitted signal

▪ 28. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Which body in the present ITU structure took the place of CCITT?
▪ a.) ITU-R
▪ b.) ITU-D
▪ c.) ITU-T
▪ d.) RAG

▪ 29. (ECE Board Problem, November 2002)
▪ What is the frequency range of VLF?
▪ a.) 10-10 kHz
▪ b.) 30-300 kHz
▪ c.) 300-3000 kHz
▪ d.) 3-30 kHz

▪ 30. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ What is a wave front?
▪ a.) A voltage pulse in a conductor
▪ b.) A current pulse in the conductor
▪ c.) A voltage pulse across a resistor
▪ d.) A fixed point in an electromagnetic wave

▪ 31. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ How would you best describe an example of a pilot tone system use in
commercial frequency modulation broadcast radio stations?
▪ a.) Frequency simplex
▪ b.) Time division
▪ c.) Stereo multiplex
▪ d.) QSK

▪ 32. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Kind of broadcasting system where television programs are transmitted
directly to home/user receivers via satellite, thus making the reception cover
not only individuals in their homes but other places as well.
▪ a.) Pay TV
▪ b.) Direct to Home TV
▪ c.) Cable TV
▪ d.) VHF TV

▪ 33. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ In telecommunication, what do we call the difference in the voltage level
between a driver and a terminator?
▪ a.) System gain
▪ b.) Noise margin
▪ c.) System loss
▪ d.) Noise difference

▪ 34. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Why is parallel transfer method in data transmission faster then serial?
▪ a.) Wider channel bandwidth
▪ b.) Bits are transferred simultaneously
▪ c.) Bits are lighter in parallel
▪ d.) Due to faster changes in symbol

▪ 35. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Radio frequency where waveguide is not used extensively.
▪ a.) 3,750 MHz
▪ b.) 2,000 MHz
▪ c.) 10,300 MHz
▪ d.) 150 MHz

▪ 36. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ One of the following central office switching equipment resistance limit refers
to the longest subscriber loop length.
▪ a.) 1500 Ω
▪ b.) 300 Ω
▪ c.) 2000 Ω
▪ d.) 800 Ω

▪ 37. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ A particular area on the surface of the earth where the boresight of a
steerable satellite beam is intended to be pointed.
▪ a.) Footprint area
▪ b.) Contour boresight area
▪ c.) Equivalent service area
▪ d.) Effective boresight area

▪ 38. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Kind of information transfer in digital communication where the bits
comprising one character are sent in sequence one at a time.
▪ a.) Parallel transmission
▪ b.) Batch transmission
▪ c.) Simplex transmission
▪ d.) Serial transmission

▪ 39. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ Which of the following antenna where its beamwidth is determine by the
dimension of its horn, lens or reflector?
▪ a.) Whip antenna
▪ b.) Aperiodic antenna
▪ c.) Aperture antenna
▪ d.) Long wire antenna

▪ 40. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ In a transoceanic satellite conversation, how much is the typical delay before
a reply is heard?
▪ a.) 200 ms.
▪ b.) 900 ms.
▪ c.) 50 ms.
▪ d.) 600 ms.

▪ 41. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Position of the maritime ship main antenna, when the radio watch is secured
or when the ship is in electrical storm.
▪ a.) AA
▪ b.) Main Transmitter
▪ c.) Grounded
▪ d.) HF

▪ 42. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Best applies to an optical fiber core.
▪ a.) The same refractive index with the cladding
▪ b.) A higher refractive index than the cladding
▪ c.) A lower refractive index than the cladding
▪ d.) A lower refractive index than air

▪ 43. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ What measure will help you adopt on the antenna system of VHF or UHF
mobile transceivers that has very low height antenna?
▪ a.) Increase transmitter to antenna cable
▪ b.) Use directional antenna
▪ c.) Check grounding system
▪ d.) Provide loading coil

▪ 44. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ How do you account the effect of light intensity on the refractive index of a
fiber optic?
▪ a.) Decrease
▪ b.) Stable
▪ c.) Increase
▪ d.) Decrease by half

▪ 45. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ Refers to major advantage in the selection of a guided tube.
▪ a.) Durability
▪ b.) Low cost
▪ c.) Accuracy
▪ d.) High power

▪ 46. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ This is the terminal where riser cable pairs are terminated to serve a portion
or an entire floor of a building.
▪ a.) Floor terminal distribution area
▪ b.) Raceway terminal
▪ c.) Floor distribution terminal
▪ d.) Riser terminal

▪ 47. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ This referred to a condition in a telephone network where the calling party
cannot get connected to the party being called.
▪ a.) Disconnection
▪ b.) Open network
▪ c.) Blocked call
▪ d.) Loss call

▪ 48. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ In data transmission technology, signals such as voice or video are binary
transmitted over a cable known as_________.
▪ a.) Video signals
▪ b.) Cable signals
▪ c.) Baseband signals
▪ d.) Audio signals

▪ 49. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ In satellite communications where satellite revolves in an orbit that forms a
plane passing through the center of gravity of the earth, this center is
called___________.
▪ a.) Geocenter
▪ b.) Earth center
▪ c.) Plane center
▪ d.) Center of gravity

▪ 50. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ In television, the color with the most luminance is ________________.
▪ a.) Blue
▪ b.) Green
▪ c.) Yellow
▪ d.) Red

▪ 51. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ What do you call the dissipated power affecting the antenna efficiency
caused by arching effect in high-powered transmitters?
▪ a.) Dissipated power
▪ b.) Antenna resistance
▪ c.) Corona discharge
▪ d.) Antenna loss

▪ 52. (ECE Board Problem, November 1999)
▪ What is the process in radio communication where information or intelligence
signal at a lower frequency is put unto higher radio frequency for
transmission to receiving station?
▪ a.) Detection
▪ b.) Mixing
▪ c.) Modulation
▪ d.) Demodulation

▪ 53. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ An inductor that is inserted in an antenna element or transmission line for the
purpose of producing a resonant system at specific.
▪ a.) Reflector
▪ b.) Traps
▪ c.) Loading coil
▪ d.) Base loading

▪ 54. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Satellite orbit around the earth are either, a) all are circular, b) all are elliptical,
c) they are either circular or elliptical and d) none of these three.
▪ a.) D
▪ b.) B
▪ c.) C
▪ d.) A

▪ 55. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
▪ What is the main reason why television picture signal uses amplitude
modulation, while voice is frequency modulated?
▪ a.) Maintain the power signal at received end.
▪ b.) Eliminate attenuation of both video and audio
▪ c.) Maintain synchronized scanning between transmit and received video.
▪ d.) To minimize interference between signals at received end

▪ 56. (ECE Board Problem, April 2002)
▪ Which of the following is referred to as a disadvantage of using squelch
circuit?
▪ a.) Effect of AGC is reduced for strong signals.
▪ b.) Receiver sensitivity is reduced for strong signals.
▪ c.) Very weak signals might not be received.
▪ d.) Receiver selectivity is reduced for strong signals.

▪ 57. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ How does spatial isolation technique in satellite communications avoid
interference?
▪ a.) Use of different polarity antennas.
▪ b.) Use of different types of antenna.
▪ c.) Employment of highly directional spot-beam
▪ d.) Use of low gain antenna

▪ 58. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ A parameter of light beam that do not change quantity when it enters one
medium from another.
▪ a.) Intensity
▪ b.) Penetration
▪ c.) Frequency
▪ d.) Wavelength

▪ 59. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ How far is the visual carrier from the aural in the monochrome television
broadcast channel have?
▪ a.) 1.5 MHz
▪ b.) 3 MHz
▪ c.) 4.5 MHz
▪ d.) 1.25 MHz

▪ 60. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ An order signed by former President F. Ramos last March 1998 providing the
national policy in the operation and use of international satellite
communication in the Philippines
▪ a.) Executive Order 3846
▪ b.) Executive Order 59
▪ c.) Executive Order 456
▪ d.) Executive Order 467

▪ 61. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Where does the Secretary General in the organizational structure of present
ITU report?
▪ a.) WTSG
▪ b.) TDAB
▪ c.) WRC
▪ d.) Council

▪ 62. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ In wire communication system using fiber optic, the packing fraction is related
to one of the following statement when referred to fiber optic bundle.
▪ a.) Ratio of the total fiber radius, to the sum of the fiber optic bundle radius.
▪ b.) Ratio of half of the total fiber radius, to the sum of the fiber optic bundle
radius.
▪ c.) Ratio of half-sectional area of the fiber optic bundle, to the cross-sectional
area of the core
▪ d.) Ratio of the total cross-sectional area to the total cross-sectional area of
the fiber bundle

▪ 63. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Determine the local oscillator frequency of a broadcast band receiver using a
455 kHz IF and is tuned at 630 kHz.
▪ a.) 175 kHz
▪ b.) 1085 kHz
▪ c.) 280 kHz
▪ d.) 1530 kHz

▪ 64. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ One of the following is not a probable cause of radiating spurious signal from
basic transmitter.
▪ a.) Harmonics
▪ b.) Regulated supply
▪ c.) Internal heating
▪ d.) Parasitic

▪ 65. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ What is the purpose of the two Yagi beam antenna on a VHF TV receiver?
▪ a.) Used to receiver VHF and UHF stations.
▪ b.) For receiving low and high band stations.
▪ c.) To increase selectivity
▪ d.) To increase sensitivity on both hands.

▪ 66. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ What is the noise that is develop in the RF amplifier front end of a TV receiver,
which is indicated by a white dot in the picture?
▪ a.) Inter carrier
▪ b.) Black
▪ c.) Snow
▪ d.) IF

▪ 67. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ Region in the atmosphere where ducting occurs?
▪ a.) Ground region
▪ b.) Stratosphere
▪ c.) Ionosphere
▪ d.) Troposphere

▪ 68. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Who issues an authority to install, operate, and maintain a cable television or
render a television service within a specified area in the country?
▪ a.) Department of Transportation and Communication.
▪ b.) Board of Communication
▪ c.) Congress of the Philippines
▪ d.) National Telecommunications Communication

▪ 69. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ What is the source of sidebands in frequency modulation?
▪ a.) Oscillator
▪ b.) Baseband Frequency
▪ c.) Mixer
▪ d.) Carrier Harmonics

▪ 70. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ Which of the very thin layers of the tube’s front surface of the vidicon TV
camera located at the middle layer and possess very high resistance when
dark, while it reduces greatly when struck by photons of light?
▪ a.) Transparent Conductive Film
▪ b.) Photoresistive Layer
▪ c.) Photo Inductive Lens
▪ d.) Photosensitive Layer

▪ 71. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ One of the following refers to the standard frequency band limits of AM
broadcast band?
▪ a.) 30-300 MHz
▪ b.) 88-108 MHz
▪ c.) 3-30 MHz
▪ d.) 535-1605 kHz

▪ 72. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ In a cable facilities for a building communications service,________ is referred
to as the physical cable within a building or series of buildings which may
include both main cable pairs and house cable pairs but not station wiring
cable?
▪ a.) Entrance cable
▪ b.) Floor distribution cable
▪ c.) House cable
▪ d.) Building cable

▪ 73. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ What is the range of the lower sideband of an amplitude modulated signal
whose carrier is 1.5 MHz and the intelligence component is 50 Hz to 20 kHz?
▪ a.) 1.550 MHz to 1.700 MHz
▪ b.) 1,499.980 kHz to 2,520.00 kHz
▪ c.) 1.48 MHz to 1.4995 MHz
▪ d.) 1,500.980 kHz to 2,480.00 kHz

▪ 74. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ A stage in cellular communications where voice channel is assigned to link up
a call connection after a mobile or network originated a call.
▪ a.) Call termination
▪ b.) Call completion
▪ c.) Call connection
▪ d.) Call drops

▪ 75. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ How many satellites does not the GPS system consists?
▪ a.) 12 satellites
▪ b.) 3 satellites
▪ c.) 24 satellites
▪ d.) 60 satellites

▪ 76. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ Ratio of radiation resistance to the total resistance on an antenna?
▪ a.) Antenna gain
▪ b.) Antenna sensitivity
▪ c.) Antenna efficiency
▪ d.) Antenna ratio

▪ 77. (ECE Board Problem, November 2000)
▪ What is the frequency of an LED at 1.9 eV?
▪ a.) 645 GHz
▪ b.) 459 GHz
▪ c.) 458 THz
▪ d.) 337 THz

▪ 78. (ECE Board Problem, April 1999)
▪ One of the characteristics of a fiber optic used in order to carry light in several
modes of propagation or to become a multimode fiber.
▪ a.) Diameter of the core must be equal to the wavelength of the light to be
carried.
▪ b.) Diameter of the core must be very much greater than the wavelength of
the light to be carried.
▪ c.) Diameter of the core must be very small compared to the wavelength of
light to be carried.
▪ d.) Diameter of the core must be much half the wavelength of the light to be
carried.

▪ 79. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ One of the following is a communications filter generally used in the
transceiver of a single sideband generator.
▪ a.) Low-pass filter
▪ b.) Crystal filter
▪ c.) Bandpass filter
▪ d.) Mechanical filter
▪ 80. (ECE Board Problem, April 2000)
▪ In computer communications, the term RS-232C is referred to as__________.
▪ a.) Analog connection standard
▪ b.) Serial interference standard
▪ c.) Digital connection standard
▪ d.) Parallel port standard

1. An area within a wireless communications system where there is no coverage

▪ A. Dead spot
▪ B. Hotspot
▪ C. Weakspot
▪ D. G-spot

Answer: Option A

2. The world’s first active repeater satellite

▪ A. Sputnik 1
▪ B. Telstar 1
▪ C. Courier 1B
▪ D. Echo 1

Answer: Option C

3. Which FCC regulation governs the unlicensed ISM band?

▪ A. Subsection 11
▪ B. Chapter 11
▪ C. Part 15
▪ D. 815.00

Answer: Option C

4. The person behind the first network email

▪ A. Ray Tomlinson
▪ B. Bill Gates
▪ C. Steve Jobs
▪ D. Tim Berner Lee

Answer: Option A

5. What is the horizontal scanning time for 20 pixels?

▪ A. 1.5 µsecs
▪ B. 2.5 µsecs
▪ C. 2 µsecs
▪ D. 0.125 µsecs

Answer: Option B

6. Calculate the maximum distance between base and mobile that can be
accommodated with a guard time of 123 µs.

▪ A. 25.3 km
▪ B. 36.9 km
▪ C 8.5 km
▪ D. 12.4 km

Answer: Option C

7. In a satellite system, Johannes Kepler stated that “the square of the periodic time
of orbit is proportional to the cube of the mean distance between the primary and
the satellite’. This is also known as _____.

▪ A. Kepler’s 3rd law


▪ B. Kepler’s 2nd law
▪ C. Kepler’s 1st law
▪ D. Kepler’s law of areas

Answer: Option A

8. A ghost is displaced 1 inch on a 13-inch diagonal TV screen. Determine the time


between signal receptions, and the difference in path lengths.

▪ A. 3.53 km
▪ B. 1.53 km
▪ C. 2.53 km
▪ D. 0.53 km
Answer: Option B

9. Slang term for someone who breaks an encrypted computer code or circuitry

▪ A. Programmer
▪ B. Cracker
▪ C. Engineer
▪ D. Hacker

Answer: Option B

10. An FCC designation for any carrier or licensee whose wireless network is
connected to the public switched telephone network and/or is operated for profit

▪ A. Gateway
▪ B. CMRS (Commercial Mobile Radio Service)
▪ C. PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network)
▪ D VAN (Value Added Network)

Answer: Option B

11. Placement of multiple antennas at a common physical site to reduce


environmental impact and real estate costs and speed zoning approvals and
network deployment

▪ A. Frequency reuse
▪ B. Collocation
▪ C. Multiplexing
▪ D. Duplexing

Answer: Option B

12. Why is there a frequency term in the equation for free-space path loss?

▪ A. Atmospheric absorption
▪ B. Antenna geometry requires it
▪ C. Because of the distance involved
▪ D. There is no frequency term

Answer: Option B
13. What is a primary advantage of offset-quadrature-phase shift-keying (OQPSK)
over standard QPSK?

▪ A. Greater spectral efficiency


▪ B. More constant envelope power
▪ C. Greater data rates possible
▪ D. Lower noise density

Answer: Option B

14. One of the standard units for radiation dosimetry, but is not applicable to alpha,
beta, or other particle emission and does not accurately predict the tissue effects of
gamma rays of extremely high energies.

▪ A. curie
▪ B. roentgen
▪ C. gray
▪ D. Sievert

Answer: Option B

15. A moving target 0 degrees from the nose.

▪ A. dead ahead
▪ B. on starboard bow
▪ C. dead astern
▪ D. on port quarter

Answer: Option A

16. The monitoring, manipulating and troubleshooting of computer equipment


through a wireless network

▪ A. Wireless ethernet
▪ B. Wireless IT
▪ C. WiFi (Wireless Fidelity)
▪ D. Radio sounding

Answer: Option B

17. Consider a video signal that has a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels, with a frame rate
0f 30 Hz using progressive scanning. The luma signal is sampled using 8
bits/sample. The two chroma channels also use 8 bits/sample, but the color
resolution is ¼ that is used for luma. Find the approximate bit rate for this signal,
neglecting synchronization, error correction, and compression.

▪ A. 110.6 Mbps
▪ B. 1.6 Mbps
▪ C. 10.6 Mbps
▪ D. 11.6 Mbps

Answer: Option A

18. The principle of data reduction which says that when reducing a set of data into
the form of an underlying mode, one should be maximally non-committal with
respect to missing data.

▪ A. Jaynes maximum entropy principle


▪ B. Maximum Entropy Principle
▪ C. Kullback principle of minimum discrimination
▪ D. Minimum discrimination principle

Answer: Option A

19. A photodiode has a responsivity of 0.35 A/W; calculate the diode current if the
input optical power is 400 nW.

▪ A. 400 nA
▪ B. 140 nA
▪ C. 35 nA
▪ D. 410 Na

Answer: Option B

20. Which two systems are most likely to experience concurrent operation
problems?

▪ A. Bluetooth + WLAN
▪ B. GSM + W-CDMA
▪ C. Bluetooth + AMPS
▪ D. WLAN + GSM

Answer: Option A

21. Which best describes a bi-static radar?


▪ A. Uses static electricity for both transmitted and received signals
▪ B. Only detects fixed (non-moving) targets
▪ C. Fixed transmitter and fixed receiver at different locations
▪ D. Fixed transmitter and fixed receiver at the same locations

Answer: Option C

22. In a network with 25 computers, which topology would require the most
extensive cabling?

▪ A. Bus
▪ B. Star
▪ C. Mesh
▪ D. Ring

Answer: Option C

23. Bluetooth is also known as

▪ A. IEEE 802.12.1
▪ B. IEEE 802.15x
▪ C. IEEE 802.11b
▪ D. IEEE 802.15.1

Answer: Option D

24. Calculate the combine traffic intensity in erlang for the following calls:

Trunk 1: 32min and 15 sec Trunk 2: 17min and 41 sec

Trunk 3: 6min and 22 sec Trunk 4: 15min and 3 sec

Trunk 5: 24min

▪ A. 5.78 Erlang
▪ B. 1.6 Erlang
▪ C. 24.12 Erlang
▪ D. 231.5 Erlang

Answer: Option B
25. Calculate the noise voltage for a 1-kΩ resistor at 17° C “tuned” by an LC circuit
with a BW of 1 MHz.

▪ A. 50.1 µV
▪ B. 15.01 µV
▪ C. 535.01 µV
▪ D. 5.01 µV

Answer: Option D

26. In 1800, ______discovered infrared light using a prism and a thermometer.

▪ A. William Herschel
▪ B. Johann Wilhelm Ritter
▪ C. Thomas Young
▪ D. Louis Malus

Answer: Option A

27. The electric field of a GSM antenna at 90m distance

▪ A. 0.05 V/m
▪ B. 0.005 V/m
▪ C. 0.5 V/m
▪ D. 5 V/m

Answer: Option C

28. In satellite terminology, LTO means

▪ A. low transfer orbit


▪ B. lift transfer orbit
▪ C. light transfer orbit
▪ D. lunar transfer orbit

Answer: Option D

29. Parceling a spectrum license into two or more geographic areas

▪ A. Cell splitting
▪ B. Partitioning
▪ C. Zoning
▪ D. Spectruming

Answer: Option B

30. The latest form of battery technology, allowing the highest power-to-weight
ratio and no "memory effect," which plagues batteries made from other materials

▪ A. Nickel Cadmium
▪ B. Lithium Ion
▪ C. Nickel Metal Hydride
▪ D. Lead Acid

Answer: Option B

31. An antenna system whose technology enables it to focus its beam on a desired
signal to reduce interference

▪ A. Smart antenna
▪ B. Loop antenna
▪ C. Array system
▪ D. Parasitic arrays

Answer: Option A

32. Procedure in which two base stations-one in the cell site where the phone is
located and the other in the cell site to which the conversation is being passed-
both hold onto the call until the handoff is completed

▪ A. Break before make


▪ B. Hard handoff
▪ C. Roaming
▪ D. Soft handoff

Answer: Option D

33. The scientist who is credited with coining the word "television".

▪ A. John Logie Baird


▪ B. Allen DuMont
▪ C. Vladimir Zworykin
▪ D. Constantin Perskyi
Answer: Option D

34. Picture tubes have two black conductive coating made of ________.

▪ A. Tellurium
▪ B. Phospor
▪ C. Aquadag
▪ D. Arsenic

Answer: Option C

35. Suppose that the aspect ratio of a TV system were change from 4:3 to 2:1, with
the horizontal resolution keeping the same ratio to vertical resolution as at present.
Assume the number of scan lines remains at present. How many details would have
to be shown on a horizontal line?

▪ A. 428
▪ B. 338
▪ C. 674
▪ D. 525

Answer: Option C

36. Calculate the apogee of a MEO satellite which has a minor axis of 10,000 mi and
has an orbital eccentricity of 1/10.

▪ A. 2,357.6 mi
▪ B. 6,819.5 mi
▪ C. 5,527.7 mi
▪ D. 23,300 mi

Answer: Option C

37. The polarization of light was discovered in 1808 by the French physicist
__________.

▪ A. William Herschel
▪ B. Johann Wilhelm Ritter
▪ C. Thomas Young
▪ D. Louis Malus

Answer: Option D
38. An inverse-square law indicating the magnitude and direction of electrostatic
force that one stationary, electrically charged object of small dimensions exerts on
another

▪ A. Newton’s law
▪ B. Coulomb’s law
▪ C. Len’z law
▪ D. Gauss’s law

Answer: Option B

39. Courier 1B used approximately and

▪ A. 5,000 solar cells


▪ B. 19,000 solar cells
▪ C. 36,000 solar cells
▪ D. 22,300 solar cells

Answer: Option B

40. Under section 1 of the proposed NTC memorandum circular on the rules and
regulation on the allocation and assignment of 3G radio frequency band, what is the
radio frequency band allocated for Band C and D to be used by 3G networks

▪ A. Band C : 1920 – 1935 MHz/2110 – 2125 MHz, Band D : 1935 – 1950MHz/2125 –


2140MHz
▪ B. Band C : 1950 – 1965 MHz/2140 – 2155 MHz, Band D : 1885 – 1900 MHz/1965
– 1980 MHz
▪ C. Band C : 2010 – 2025 MHz, Band D : 1935 – 1950 MHz/2125 – 2140 MHz
▪ D. Band C : 1920 – 1935 MHz/2110 – 2125 MHz, Band D : 1950 – 1965 MHz/2140 –
2155 MHz

Answer: Option B

41. In 1923 and 1929, _____ invented Iconoscope television camera tube and
Kinescope TV picture tube respectively.

▪ A. John Logie Baird


▪ B. Allen DuMont
▪ C. Vladimir Zworykin
▪ D. William Crookes
Answer: Option C

42. The loss in single-mode fiber-optic cable due to the glass is about:

▪ A. 40 dB per km
▪ B. 4 dB per km
▪ C. 0.4 dB per km
▪ D. zero loss

Answer: Option C

43. AM radio’s main limitation is its susceptibility to

▪ A. ignition noise
▪ B. Rayleigh fading
▪ C. transit time noise
▪ D. atmospheric interference

Answer: Option D

44. A basic AM radio transmitter works by first _________ the modulating signal, then
multiplying it with the _________ using a _________

▪ A. AC-shifting, modulation index, integrator


▪ B. DC-shifting, modulation index, frequency mixer
▪ C. AC-shifting, carrier wave, differentiator
▪ D. DC-shifting, carrier wave, frequency mixer

Answer: Option D

45. For an Ethernet bus that is 500 meters in length using a cable with a velocity
factor of 0.66, and a communication rate of 10 Mb/s, calculate the total number of
bits that would be sent by each station before it detects a collision, if both stations
begin to transmit at the same time.

▪ A. 5 bits
▪ B. 2.5 bits
▪ C. 50 bits
▪ D. 25 bits

Answer: Option D
46. In a CATV system, CMTS stands for

▪ A. Cable Modem Terminal Server


▪ B. Cable Modem Transmission System
▪ C. Cable Modem Terminal System
▪ D. Cable Modem Transmission Server

Answer: Option A

47. Which specification standard incorporates the Ethernet standard?

▪ A. EIA’s RS232C
▪ B. CCITT’s X.25
▪ C. IBM’s Token Ring
▪ D. IEEE’s 802.3

Answer: Option D

48. Which of these is NOT a problem with using symmetric private key
cryptography?

▪ A. brute force attack can be used to uncover key


▪ B. transporting key between users
▪ C. decrypting long messages takes too much time
▪ D. loss or theft of key nullifies security

Answer: Option C

49. The _____ of the picture tube is the total angle that the beam can be deflected
without touching the sides of the envelope.

▪ A. deflection angle
▪ B. critical angle
▪ C. optical angle
▪ D. envelope angle

Answer: Option A

50. The method of measuring absorption coefficient of sound which considers all
angles of increase is called _________

▪ A. reverberation chamber method


▪ B. bounce back to back method
▪ C. distance method
▪ D. sound velocity method

Answer: Option B
51. Which of the following is referred to as disadvantage of using a squelch circuit?

▪ A. Effect of AGC is reduced for strong signals


▪ B. Very weak signal might not be received
▪ C. Receiver sensitivity is reduced for strong signals
▪ D. Receiver selectively is reduced for strong signals

Answer: Option B

52. Picture tubes have two black conductive coating made of _________.

▪ A. Tellurium
▪ B. Phospor
▪ C. Aquadag
▪ D. Arsenic

Answer: Option C

53. A wireless phone that uses mobile satellite service to send voice and data

▪ A. PDA
▪ B. Satellite phone
▪ C. Mobile phone
▪ D. Smart phone

Answer: Option B

54. A unique number assigned to every wireless operator in the United States that is
then programmed into the phones that subscriber’s to that service purchase

▪ A. System Identification Number


▪ B. Numeric Assignment Module
▪ C. Subscriber Identity Module
▪ D. International Mobile Subscriber Identity

Answer: Option A
55. The world’s first operational packet switching network, and the progenitor of the
global Internet.

▪ A. DECNET
▪ B. ARPANET
▪ C. ISDN
▪ D. NMT

Answer: Option B

56. A signaling technique that broadcasts the same signal over each site in a
network

▪ A. Telecast
▪ B. Simulcast
▪ C. Polling
▪ D. Contention

Answer: Option B

57. Federal government authorization for use of specific frequencies or frequency


pairs within a given allocation, usually at stated a geographic location(s)

▪ A. Spectrum division
▪ B. Spectrum assignment
▪ C. Spectrum alignment
▪ D. Spectrum cap

Answer: Option B

58. Calculate the energy related to the frequency occupied by VLF.

▪ A. 124 µeV to 1.24 µeV


▪ B. 1.24 peV to 12.4 peV
▪ C. 12.4 peV to 124 peV
▪ D. 124 meV to 1.24 Ev

Answer: Option C

59. Electromagnetic waves of much lower frequency than visible light were
predicted by ________ and subsequently discovered by ________.
▪ A. Maxwell, Hertz
▪ B. Marconi, Hertz
▪ C. Hertz, Maxwell
▪ D. Gauss, Gilbert

Answer: Option A

60. An international high speed signaling backbone for the public switched
telephone network

▪ A. Subscriber loop signaling


▪ B. Channel Associated signaling
▪ C. Signaling System 7
▪ D. DTMF signaling

Answer: Option C

61. ________ governs the exchange of sequential data

▪ A. IBM SNA
▪ B. SDLC
▪ C. FTP
▪ D. TCP

Answer: Option D

62. The integration of wireless communications, vehicle monitoring systems and


location devices

▪ A. Cellular
▪ B. Telematics
▪ C. Networking
▪ D. Telewireless

Answer: Option B

63. ______ routes outgoing and recognizes incoming messages

▪ A. IP
▪ B. TCP
▪ C. HDLC
▪ D. ATM
Answer: Option A

64. In 1983, _____ protocols replace Network Control Program as the principal
protocol of the ARPANET

▪ A. HDLC
▪ B. TCP/IP
▪ C. BISYNC
▪ D. SPX/IPX

Answer: Option B

65. The first email was sent in

▪ A. 1951
▪ B. 1961
▪ C. 1971
▪ D. 1981

Answer: Option C

66. Europe’s approach to standardization for third-generation cellular systems

▪ A. IMT-TC
▪ B. UMTS
▪ C. 3GPP
▪ D. CDMA2000

Answer: Option B

67. The first satellite to use Nickel Cadmium storage batteries.

▪ A. Courier 1B
▪ B. Explorer 1
▪ C. Score
▪ D. Early Bird

Answer: Option A

68. In 1801, ______ discovered ultraviolet light using silver chloride, and again a
prism.
▪ A. William Herschel
▪ B. Johann Wilhelm Ritter
▪ C. Thomas Young
▪ D. Louis Malus

Answer: Option B

69. The angle from the ascending node to perigee, measured in the orbital plane at
the earth’s center, in the direction of satellite motion.

▪ A. Argument of perigee
▪ B. Mean anomaly
▪ C. True anomaly
▪ D. Right ascension of the ascending node

Answer: Option A

70. A unipolar NRZ line code is converted to a multiple level signal for transmission
over a channel. The number of possible values in the multilevel signal is 32, and the
signal consists of rectangular pulses that have a pulse width of 0.3472 ms. What is
the equivalent bit rate for the multilevel signal?

▪ A. 28.8 kbps
▪ B. 56 kbps
▪ C. 7.2 kbps
▪ D. 14.4 kbps

Answer: Option D

71. Ethernet uses a ________ physical address that is imprinted on the network
interface card (NIC).

▪ A. 32-bit
▪ B. 6-byte
▪ C. 64-bit
▪ D. 32-byte

Answer: Option B

72. The range of an IRDA system is ________.

▪ A. 1 foot
▪ B. 10 feet
▪ C. 1 meter
▪ D. 10 meters

Answer: Option C

73. A third-generation wireless standard proposal based on TDMA technology that


was developed by the Universal Wireless Communications Consortium and is one
of the 3G candidates submitted to the International Telecommunication Union by
the United States

▪ A. IMT-TC
▪ B. DECT
▪ C. EDGE
▪ D. UWC-136

Answer: Option D

74. A limit to the allocated spectrum designated for a specific service

▪ A. Guardband
▪ B. Spectrum tolerance
▪ C. Drift
▪ D. Spectrum cap

Answer: Option D

75. Satellite receive dishes for telemetry and other remote monitoring, usually
smaller than VSATs

▪ A. picoSAT
▪ B. USAT
▪ C. nanoSAT
▪ D. XSAT

Answer: Option B

76. A protocol designed for advanced wireless devices allowing the easy
transmission of data signals, particularly Internet content, to micro-browsers built
into the device’s software

▪ A. Bisync
▪ B. WAP
▪ C. TCP
▪ D. SMTP

Answer: Option B

77. What circuit combines signals from an IF amplifier stage and a beat-frequency
oscillator (BFO), to produce an audio signal?

▪ A. A power supply circuit


▪ B. An AGC circuit
▪ C. A detector circuit
▪ D. A VFO circuit

Answer: Option C

78. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers standard for wireless local
area network interoperability

▪ A. 802.10.x
▪ B. 802.11.x
▪ C. 802.12.x
▪ D. 802.13.x

Answer: Option B

79. What two factors determine the sensitivity of a receiver?

▪ A. Intermodulation distortion and dynamic range


▪ B. Cost and availability
▪ C. Dynamic range and third-order intercept
▪ D. Bandwidth and noise figure

Answer: Option D

80. What is the term for the average power supplied to an antenna transmission line
during one RF cycle at the crest of the modulation envelope?

▪ A. Peak output power


▪ B. Peak envelope power
▪ C. Peak transmitter power
▪ D. Average frequency power
Answer: Option B

81. ________ amount of material which will produce 1 nuclear decay per second.

▪ A. 1 roentgen
▪ B. 1 becquerel
▪ C. 1 curie
▪ D. 1 rad

Answer: Option B

82. What circuit has a variable-frequency oscillator connected to a driver and a


power amplifier?

▪ A. A single-sideband transmitter
▪ B. A VFO-controlled transmitter
▪ C. A crystal-controlled transmitter
▪ D. A packet-radio transmitter

Answer: Option B

83. A collector modulated class c amplifier has a carrier output power of 100 W, and
with an efficiency of 60 %, calculate the transistor power dissipation, assuming that
all the power dissipation that occurs comes from the transistor.

▪ A. 34 W
▪ B. 66 W
▪ C. 60 W
▪ D. 100 W

Answer: Option B

84. As per NTC M.C. 07-08-2004 an MPSC (Mobile Phone Service Center) shall
properly identify its business and location by posting conspicuously at the entrance
of its premises a signboard of at least ________ dimension which shall indicate
clearly its business name, the type of services it offers, its full business address and
the MPSC permit number.

▪ A. 50 cm x 150 cm
▪ B. 100 cm x 50 cm
▪ C. 50 cm x 100 cm
▪ D. 150 cm x 100 cm
Answer: Option C

85. A single mode fiber is made with a core diameter of 10 µm and is coupled to a
light source with a wavelength of 1.3 µm. Its core glass has a refractive index of 1.55.
Determine the maximum value of the fractional difference of index.

▪ A. Δ = 0.000206
▪ B. Δ = 0.00806
▪ C. Δ = 0.00206
▪ D. Δ = 0.00086

Answer: Option C

86. The most common screen phosphor is P1 for ______ screen.

▪ A. blue
▪ B. green
▪ C. red
▪ D. yellow

Answer: Option B

87. The drum of a facsimile machine is 70.4 mm, and the scanning is 0.2 mm per
scan. Calculate the index of cooperation for CCITT and IEEE standard respectively.

▪ A. 245, 123
▪ B. 353, 1106
▪ C. 1106, 353
▪ D. 1432, 144

Answer: Option C

88. A specification from the Consultative Committee on International Telephone and


Telegraph on layered protocols connecting computer terminals to a public, packet-
switched network

▪ A. Frame Relay
▪ B. ISDN
▪ C. X.25
▪ D. IP (Internet Protocol)
Answer: Option C

89. The acute radiation exposure effect of 100-200 dose of rems is ________.

▪ A. Slight blood changes


▪ B. Significant reduction in blood platelets and white blood cells
▪ C. Severe blood damage, nausea, hair loss, hemorrhage, death in many cases
▪ D. Death in less than two months for over 80%

Answer: Option B

90. Voltage of typical X-ray tube

▪ A. 2 to 20 kV
▪ B. 10 to 20 kV
▪ C. 30 to 200 kV
▪ D. 3 to 20 KV

Answer: Option C

91. What circuit uses a limiter and a frequency discriminator to produce an audio
signal?

▪ A. A superheterodyne receiver
▪ B. A double-conversion receiver
▪ C. An FM receiver
▪ D. A variable-frequency oscillator

Answer: Option C

92. A special fee that local phone companies are allowed to charge customers for
the right to connect with the local phone network.

▪ A. Access fee
▪ B. Toll charge
▪ C. Access charge
▪ D. Airtime

Answer: Option A

93. A type of advanced smart antenna technology that continually monitors a


received signal and dynamically adapts signal patterns to optimize wireless system
performance
▪ A. Phased array antennas
▪ B. Helical antenna
▪ C. Adaptive array antennas
▪ D. Parabolic antenna

Answer: Option C

94. A mixer has the following input frequencies: RF = 800 MHz, LO = 870 MHz. The
desired output frequency is 70 MHz. What is the image frequency?

▪ A. 500 MHz
▪ B. 940 MHz
▪ C. 140 MHz
▪ D. 1670 MHz

Answer: Option B

95. In wireless technology, _____ refers to transporting voice and data traffic from a
cell site to the switch

▪ A. Backbone
▪ B. Backhaul
▪ C. Routing
▪ D. Switching

Answer: Option B

96. An enhanced system overlay for transmitting and receiving data over cellular
networks

▪ A. X.75
▪ B. Packet switching
▪ C. Cellular Digital Packet Data
▪ D. Nordic Mobile Telephone

Answer: Option C

97. What is the spurious-free dynamic range of a system with IP3 = +30 dBm and a
minimum discernible signal (MDS) level of -90 dBm?

▪ A. 60 dB
▪ B. 80 dB
▪ C. 120 dB
▪ D. 150 dB

Answer: Option B

98. A network technology for both local and wide area networks (LANs and WANs)
that supports real time voice and video as well as data

▪ A. Ethernet
▪ B. CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access/ Collision Detection)
▪ C. Wireless Ethernet
▪ D. ATM (Asynchronous Transfer Mode)

Answer: Option D

99. A spectrum analyzer displays a component at 10 MHz @ 0 dBm, 30 MHz @ -10


dBm, 50 MHz @ -14 dBm, 70 MHz @ – 17 dBm, and all of the other odd harmonics
until they disappear into the noise. What was the most likely input signal that caused
the spectrum?

▪ A. A 10 MHz cosine wave (0 Vdc)


▪ B. A 10 MHz triangle wave (0 Vdc)
▪ C. A 10 MHz sawtooth wave (0 Vdc)
▪ D. A 10 MHz square wave (0 Vdc)

Answer: Option D

100. On which side of a rectangular waveguide is an E-bend made?

▪ A. short dimension
▪ B. inside
▪ C. outside
▪ D. long dimension

Answer: Option A

1. Technique employed by wireless infrastructure systems that lowers the power of


a signal in a cell site whenever the site detects that the user’s phone is close to the
source of the signal

▪ A. Adaptive power control


▪ B. Pre-emphasis
▪ C. Level down
▪ D. Power attenuation

Answer: Option A

2. A relative range of frequencies that can carry a signal without distortion on a


transmission medium

▪ A. Doppler frequency
▪ B. Carrier
▪ C. Bandwidth or pipe
▪ D. Channel

Answer: Option C

3. Suppose a TV signal has 10.5 microseconds of horizontal blanking per line and 21
lines of vertical blanking per field. What is the percentage of total time that is
occupied by blanking?

▪ A. 22.92%
▪ B. 93.22%
▪ C. 11.45%
▪ D. 16.67%

Answer: Option D

4. Estimate the bandwidth occupied by the sound portion of a TV transmission in US.

▪ A. 25 kHz
▪ B. 800 kHz
▪ C. 80 kHz
▪ D. 200 kHz

Answer: Option C

5. What is the purpose of using alternate mark inversion and return to zero encoding
of data?

▪ A. faster digital data transmission


▪ B. assist in clock recovery
▪ C. more efficient transmission of analog data
▪ D. reduced susceptibility to noise
Answer: Option B

6. A measure of the number of subscribers who leave or switch to another carrier’s


service

▪ A. Offered traffic
▪ B. Churn
▪ C. Carried traffic
▪ D. Population

Answer: Option B

7. The power amplifier of an AM transmitter has an output power of 50 W and an


efficiency of 60% and is collector modulated. How much audio power is required to
be supplied to this stage for 100% modulation?

▪ A. 833 W
▪ B. 41.66 W
▪ C. 30 W
▪ D. 15 W

Answer: Option B

8. The old standard unit for measuring the activity of a given radioactive sample
which is equivalent to the activity of 1 gram of radium.

▪ A. Curie
▪ B. Becquerel
▪ C. Rad
▪ D. Rem

Answer: Option A

9. A combination of two or more integrated circuits on one module

▪ A. PCB
▪ B. Combo chip
▪ C. TTL
▪ D. Chip set

Answer: Option D
10. The term applied to a phone that will work on 800 MHz analog, 800 MHz digital
and 1900 MHz (also known as 1.9 GHz) frequencies

▪ A. Tri-mode
▪ B. Tri Band
▪ C. Dual Band
▪ D. Dual-mode

Answer: Option C

11. A pen-based tablet computer used on a wireless local area network

▪ A. node
▪ B. source
▪ C. thin client
▪ D. master

Answer: Option C

12. 1 Petabits is equivalent to how many bits of digital information?

▪ A. 1 x 1015 bits
▪ B. 1, 073, 741, 824 bits
▪ C. 1, 099, 511, 627, 776 bits
▪ D. 1, 125, 899, 906, 842, 624 bits

Answer: Option D

13. Where is de-emphasis added in a stereo FM system?

▪ A. before the matrix at the TX


▪ B. before the matrix at the R
▪ C. after the matrix at the TX
▪ D. after the matrix at the RX

Answer: Option D

14. How many electron beams actually leave the electron gun of a single-gun color
CRT?

▪ A. 1
▪ B. 2
▪ C. 3
▪ D. 4

Answer: Option C

15. Determine the quality factor necessary for a single sideband filter with a 1-MHz
carrier frequency, 80 dB unwanted suppression and 200-Hz frequency separation.

▪ A. 15,000
▪ B. 125,000
▪ C. 12,000
▪ D. 25,000

Answer: Option B

16. A rectangular waveguide has a width of 0.6 inch. Calculate the waveguide cut-
off frequency.

▪ A. 12.84 GHz
▪ B. 5.84 GHz
▪ C. 10.84 GHz
▪ D. 9.84 GHz

Answer: Option D

17. A permanent-magnet ring on the neck of the tube is used for ________.

▪ A. scanning
▪ B. centering
▪ C. deflecting
▪ D. focusing

Answer: Option B

18. The IS-95 CDMA standard developed by Qualcomm Inc

▪ A. WCDMA
▪ B. IMT-DS
▪ C. cdmaOne
▪ D. IMT-SC

Answer: Option C
19. The process of creating more coverage and capacity in a geographic area by
having more than one cell cover the same area that a single cell originally did

▪ A. Cell splitting
▪ B. Frequency reuse
▪ C. Cell reuse
▪ D. Cell site

Answer: Option A

20. Gregorian antenna is consist of

▪ A. Main paraboloid reflector and an ellipsoid subreflector


▪ B. Main paraboloid reflector and a hyperboloid subreflector
▪ C. Main ellipsoid reflector and a hyperboloid subreflector
▪ D. Main hyperboloid reflector and an ellipsoid subreflector

Answer: Option A

21. A logic channel carrying network information rather than the actual voice or data
messages transmitted over the network

▪ A. Control channel
▪ B. Backup channel
▪ C. Overhead channel
▪ D. Message channel

Answer: Option A

22. In which ITU region is Philippines?

▪ A. ITU Region 1
▪ B. ITU Region 2
▪ C. ITU Region 3
▪ D. ITU Region 4

Answer: Option C

23. What is the result of over deviation in an FM transmitter?

▪ A. Increased transmitter range


▪ B. Increased transmitter power
▪ C. Poor carrier suppression
▪ D. Out-of-channel emissions

Answer: Option D

24. What is the output PEP from a transmitter if an oscilloscope measures 500 volts
peak-to-peak across a 50-ohm resistor connected to the transmitter output?

▪ A. 500 watts
▪ B. 625 watts
▪ C. 1250 watts
▪ D. 2500 watts

Answer: Option B

25. _________ is the process of impressing or imparting a low frequency source


information (voice, audio, video, or data) onto a high-frequency bandpass signal with
a carrier frequency fc by the introduction of amplitude, frequency or phase
perturbation.

▪ A. Mixing
▪ B. Modulation
▪ C. Heterodyning
▪ D. Multiplexing

Answer: Option B

26. A trade group representing cellular, PCS and enhanced specialized mobile radio
carriers

▪ A. CTIA (Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association)


▪ B. EIA (Electronic Industry Association)
▪ C. ANSI
▪ D. SONET

Answer: Option A

27. Which of the following can cause frequency intermodulation products in a


system?

▪ A. Antenna
▪ B. Only semiconductor junctions like diodes and transistors (amplifiers)
▪ C. Cable connectors, bolted or riveted antenna panels, isolators and circulators
▪ D. Both B and C

Answer: Option D

28. What type of filter is used in the IF section of receivers to block energy outside a
certain frequency range?

▪ A. An input filter
▪ B. A low-pass filter
▪ C. A band-pass filter
▪ D. A high-pass filter

Answer: Option C

29. A secret number issued to a cellular phone that is used in conjunction with a
subscriber’s shared secret data information for authentication

▪ A. MIN (Mobile Identification Number)


▪ B. A-key
▪ C. IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity)
▪ D. Cipher key

Answer: Option B

30. A feature on wireless phones where you enter just one or two digits from the
keypad and then initiate the call. The phone searches its speed dial directory and
associates the entire number with the two-digit speed dial position you’ve entered.

▪ A. DTMF dialing
▪ B. Voice dialing
▪ C. Pulse dialing
▪ D. Abbreviated dialing

Answer: Option D

31. Which of these pairs of materials in the triboelectric series have the greatest
charge transfer potential?

▪ A. Rubber Balloon & Celluloid


▪ B. Silk & Wool
▪ C. Metal & Nonmetal
▪ D. Glass & Hard Rubber

Answer: Option D

32. A method of taking signal strength measurements in a cellular coverage area

▪ A. radio sounding
▪ B. drive test
▪ C. boresighting
▪ D. field strength

Answer: Option B

33. To facilitate frequency planning, ITU divide the world intro three regions. Region
2 includes __________.

▪ A. North and South America and Greenland


▪ B. Europe, Africa and Mongolia
▪ C. Asia Pacific, Australia, and the southwest Pacific
▪ D. Philippines, and Southeast Asia

Answer: Option A

34. In satellite communication, what does sun- synchronous means?

▪ A. They cross the equator at the same local time each month
▪ B. They cross the equator at the same local time 2x each day
▪ C. They cross the equator at the same local time each day
▪ D. They cross the equator at the same local time every 27 days

Answer: Option C

35. During a network analyzer calibration, why are both a short circuit and an open
circuit used?

▪ A. To determine the power output


▪ B. To determine the characteristic impedance of the measurement system
▪ C. Both are easy to produce to at high accuracy
▪ D. They average to 50 ohms in an RF system

Answer: Option B
36. At what frequency is electromagnetic energy maximally absorbed due to
oxygen in the atmosphere?

▪ A. 180 GHz
▪ B. 63 GHz
▪ C. 22 GHz
▪ D. 110 GHz

Answer: Option B

37. The location where the wireless antenna and network communications
equipment is placed

▪ A. Network
▪ B. Cell site
▪ C. POP (Point of Presence)
▪ D. Footprint

Answer: Option B

38. What does the term "ruggedness" refer to in wireless power amplifiers?

▪ A. Ability to withstand load mismatch


▪ B. Ability to withstand thermal stress
▪ C. Ability to withstand mechanical stress
▪ D. All the above

Answer: Option A

39. In which semiconductor technology are the majority of cellphone PAs


manufactured?

▪ A. GaAs/InGaP
▪ B. GaN
▪ C. SiGe
▪ D. Si/SiCMOS

Answer: Option A

40. What is a major advantage of Low Temperature Co-fired Ceramic (LTCC)


substrates?

▪ A. Better thermal dissipation


▪ B. Lower bill of materials
▪ C. Densely integrated passive components
▪ D. All the above

Answer: Option D

41. What do you call the center of mass of a two-body system such as the earth and
the moon?

▪ A. orthocentre
▪ B. barycenter
▪ C. ethnocenter
▪ D. geocenter

Answer: Option B

42. The portion of the wireless system’s infrastructure that is responsible for sending
and receiving the actual radio signals over the airwaves in a 3G environment

▪ A. Base station controller


▪ B. Node B
▪ C. Gateway
▪ D. Base transceiver station

Answer: Option B

43. Spectrum-efficient technology that establishes a queue to handle demand for


voice or data channels

▪ A. Traffic
▪ B. Multiplexing
▪ C. Demand Accessing
▪ D. Trunking

Answer: Option D

44. A wireless phone programmed with stolen or duplicated electronic serial and
mobile identification numbers

▪ A. RAID
▪ B. Backup
▪ C. Clone
▪ D. Party line

Answer: Option C

45. A satellite is orbiting the equatorial plane with a period from perigee to perigee
of 12 hours. Given the eccentricity is 0.002, calculate the semi-major axis. (Use
Rearth = 6378.1414 km)

▪ A. 25,813 km
▪ B. 24,781 km
▪ C. 22,333 km
▪ D. 26,597 km

Answer: Option D

46. Fourier analysis often allows complex signals to be express as a series of


__________.

▪ A. sinusoids
▪ B. pulse
▪ C. ellipse
▪ D. rectified signals

Answer: Option A

47. A geographic area within a wireless system that is covered by the signal sent and
received by the transmitter and receiver equipment located within that area

▪ A. Deadspot
▪ B. Footprint
▪ C. Hotspot
▪ D. Cell

Answer: Option D

48. Satellite technology to transmit calls from one point on Earth to a satellite and
back down to another point

▪ A. Activetech
▪ B. Bent pipe technology
▪ C. Iridium
▪ D. Global tracking
Answer: Option B

49. Who is known as ”The Father of Radar?”

▪ A. Walter Eugene O’Reilly


▪ B. Albert Einstein
▪ C. Oliver Heaviside
▪ D. Robert Watson-Watt

Answer: Option D

50. Which flying (movement) condition will always result in a Doppler speed of 0
m/s?

▪ A. Speeds at odd integer multiples of antenna rotation rate


▪ B. Perfect concentric circle around antenna at constant altitude
▪ C. Speeds at even integer multiples of antenna rotation rate
▪ D. Perfectly constant speed into/out of the antenna boresight

Answer: Option B

51. The technology that enables data connections between electronic devices such
as desktop computers, wireless phones, electronic organizers and printers in the 2.4
GHz range

▪ A. Bluetooth
▪ B. MMDS (Multipoint Multichannel Distribution system)
▪ C. LMDS (Local Multipoint Distribution System)
▪ D. IrDA (Infrared Data Association)

Answer: Option A

52. Using a wide-bandwidth channel for voice, data and/or video services

▪ A. Bandwidth
▪ B. Broadband
▪ C. Narrowband
▪ D. Baseband

Answer: Option B
53. For a parabolic antenna of 3m diameter transmitting a 6-GHz wave has a far field
zone that begins at approximately

▪ A. 7.06 m
▪ B. 70.6 m
▪ C. 360 m
▪ D. 36 m

Answer: Option C

54. What is the term used for maintaining a satellite in its correct orbital position?

▪ A. Attitude control
▪ B. Station keeping
▪ C. Attitude maneuvering
▪ D. Spin stabilization

Answer: Option B

55. Computer systems to help dispatch personnel and vehicles, commonly used by
public-safety agencies

▪ A. Public Address System


▪ B. Public wireless amplifier
▪ C. Mobile broadcasting
▪ D. CAD (computer-aided dispatch)

Answer: Option D

56. A pager’s unique electronic identification number on the back of the device

▪ A. Back code
▪ B. Bar code
▪ C. Cap code
▪ D. Access Code

Answer: Option C

57. Find the total number of pixels and the highest video bandwidth of NTSC system
television

▪ A. 75 pixel, 4.27 MHz


▪ B. 775 pixel, 5.7 MHz
▪ C. 775 pixel, 4.27 MHz
▪ D. 575 pixel, 5.7 MHz

Answer: Option C

58. Telephones, PBXs and other communications devices located in the home or
office

▪ A. Terminal Adapter (TA)


▪ B. Terminal Equipment (TE)
▪ C. CPE (Customer Premise Equipment)
▪ D. MUX (Multiplxer)

Answer: Option C

59. Slang term for someone who breaks an encrypted computer code or circuitry

▪ A. Programmer
▪ B. Cracker
▪ C. Engineer
▪ D. Hacker

Answer: Option B

60. Interference in a wireless communications system that stems from other


conversations in nearby cells using the same channel

▪ A. hits
▪ B. Intercommunication
▪ C. Crosstalk
▪ D. jitter

Answer: Option C

61. What is the cause of trouble when there is no picture and no sound, with normal
raster in a TV receiver?

▪ A. The trouble must be in the sound circuits, after the sound take-off points
▪ B. This trouble is in the signal circuits, before the sound take-off point, because
both the picture and sounds are affected.
▪ C. The trouble must be in the vertical deflection oscillator and the vertical
output stage
▪ D. This trouble means the raster and the signal circuits are not operating.

Answer: Option B

62. Mathematical process that allows complex signals to be express as a series of


sinusoids.

▪ A. Bessel Function
▪ B. Taylor Series
▪ C. Fourier analysis
▪ D. Heaviside Expansion

Answer: Option C

63. Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) radar is mostly likely to be located on which
platform?

▪ A. Airplane
▪ B. Ship
▪ C. Ambulance
▪ D. Police car

Answer: Option A
64. Which of the following statements comparing a transverse wave and a
longitudinal wave are correct?

(1) When a transverse wave travels through a medium, the particles in the medium
do not move along with the wave. However, when a longitudinal wave travels
through a medium, the particles in the medium move along with the wave.

(2) In a transverse wave, the vibrations of the transmitting medium are perpendicular
to the direction of travel of the wave. In a longitudinal wave, the vibrations are along
the direction of travel of the wave.

(3) The wave equation applies to both transverse waves and longitudinal waves.

▪ A. (1) and (2) only


▪ B. (1) and (3) only
▪ C. (2) and (3) only
▪ D. (1), (2) and (3)
Answer: Option C

65. A method of making a network system or a computer resistant to software


errors, hardware problems or power failures

▪ A. Firewall
▪ B. Kerberos
▪ C. Fault-tolerant
▪ D. Sledge Hammer

Answer: Option C

66. The frequency spectrum near 2 GHz used for land based microwave and some
mobile satellite communications

▪ A. X-band
▪ B. Ku-band
▪ C. S-band
▪ D. C-band

Answer: Option C

67. Satellite in high altitude orbit are typically park in a temporary orbit to between
the initial low earth orbit and the final high-altitude orbit to minimize the energy
required for transfer, and such orbit is known as

▪ A. Stephen transfer orbit


▪ B. Clarke transfer orbit
▪ C. Pierce transfer orbit
▪ D. Hohmann transfer orbit

Answer: Option D

68. Two equal amplitude tones have a power of +10 dBm, and generate a pair of
equal amplitude 3rd-order intermodulation products at -20 dBm. What is the 2-tone,
3rd-order intercept point (IP3) of the system?

▪ A. +25 dBm
▪ B. +20 dBm
▪ C. +40 dBm
▪ D. +15 dBm
Answer: Option A

69. What is a primary advantage to using 90 degree (quadrature) hybrid couplers in


amplifier designs?

▪ A. Low noise figure


▪ B. Input/output impedance not dependent on devices as long as device
impedances are equal
▪ C. Wider bandwidth possible
▪ D. Higher S/N ratio

Answer: Option B

70. In a composite video signal what is the relationship between the amplitude of
the signal and the intensity of the electron beam in the receiver picture tube?

▪ A. No effect
▪ B. The lower the amplitude the darker the picture
▪ C. The greater the amplitude the lighter the picture
▪ D. The greater the amplitude the darker the picture

Answer: Option D

71. What is the power dynamic range of an ideal 12-bit analog-to-digital converter
(ADC)?

▪ A. 12.87 dB
▪ B. 36.12 dB
▪ C. 72.25 dB
▪ D. 120 dB

Answer: Option C

72. An ideal 10 dB attenuator is added in front of a load that has a 2.00:1 VSWR. What
is the resulting VSWR of the load + attenuator?

▪ A. 12.0:1
▪ B. 2.10:1
▪ C. 1.07:1
▪ D. 5.4:1

Answer: Option C
73. What is the thermal noise power in a 1 MHz bandwidth when the system
temperature is 15 degrees Celsius (assume gain and noise figure are 0 dB)?

▪ A. -114.0 dB
▪ B. -114.0 dBm/Hz
▪ C. -114.0 dBm
▪ D. -114.0 dBw

Answer: Option C

74. Find the energy in one photon at a wavelength of 1310 nm.

▪ A. 0.94 eV
▪ B. 1.52 eV
▪ C. 1.89 ev
▪ D. 5.13 eV

Answer: Option A

75. An uplink at 14 GHz requires a saturation flux density of -91.4 dBW/m2 and an
input backoff of 11 dB. The satellite Gt is -6.7dBK-1, and receiver feeder losses
amount to 0.6 dB. Calculate the C/N density ratio.

▪ A. 37.93 dB
▪ B. 55.69 dB
▪ C. 74.5 dB
▪ D. 83.66 dB

Answer: Option C
76. What is the carrier level for blanking?

▪ A. 67.5%
▪ B. 12.5% + 2.5%
▪ C. 100%
▪ D. 75% + 2.5%

Answer: Option D

77. The part of the wireless system’s infrastructure that controls one or multiple cell
sites’ radio signals, thus reducing the load on the switch
▪ A. Home Location Register
▪ B. Visitor Location Register
▪ C. Base station controller
▪ D. Base Transceiver Station

Answer: Option C

78. Which feature of a “stealth” aircraft is most responsible for its low observability?

▪ A. Multi-faceted surfaces
▪ B. Radar absorbent paint
▪ C. Minimal use of metals in airframe
▪ D. Large RCS

Answer: Option B

79. What is the lowest modulation index at which an FM carrier is suppressed?

▪ A. π (3.1416)
▪ B. 2.40
▪ C. Only AM carriers can be suppressed
▪ D. 2π

Answer: Option B

80. A global system for mobile communications-based PCS network used outside of
the U.S.

▪ A. GSM
▪ B. EDGE
▪ C. CNETZ
▪ D. DCS 1800

Answer: Option D

81. The splitting of a spectrum license into two or more licenses of fewer
frequencies

▪ A. Band reduction
▪ B. Disaggregation
▪ C. Allocation
▪ D. Splitting
Answer: Option B

82. What circuit function is found in all types of receivers?

▪ A. BFO
▪ B. An RF amplifier
▪ C. A detector
▪ D. An audio filter

Answer: Option C

83. Which phone standard supports the highest data rate?

▪ A. GPRS
▪ B. iDEN
▪ C. GSM
▪ D. EDGE

Answer: Option D

84. _________is an analog modulation scheme in which the amplitude of a relatively


high-frequency carrier signal is varied in accordance with the instantaneous
amplitude of an information signal.

▪ A. Pulse Modulation
▪ B. QAM
▪ C. Angle Modulation
▪ D. Amplitude Modulation

Answer: Option D

85. Entry of a designated frequency channel in the agreed plan, adopted by the ITU,
for use by one or more nations for a terrestrial or space radio communication
services in one or more identified countries or geographic areas and under specified
conditions.

▪ A. Allotment
▪ B. Emission
▪ C. Allocation
▪ D. Assignment
Answer: Option A

86. A TDR display shows a discontinuity 1.4 µs from the start. If the line has a velocity
factor of 0.8 how far is the fault from the reflectometer?

▪ A. 16.8 m
▪ B. 168 m
▪ C. 325 m
▪ D. 32.5 m

Answer: Option B

87. Introduced by AT&T Network Systems in 1991. Enables service providers to


define, test and introduce new multimedia messaging, PCS and cell routing

▪ A. Packet Network
▪ B. Virtual Private Network
▪ C. Advanced intelligent network
▪ D. Ethernet

Answer: Option C

88. The standard operating system of a wireless network; technologies include


AMPS, TDMA, CDMA and GSM

▪ A. Node B
▪ B. Unix
▪ C. Topology
▪ D. Air interface

Answer: Option D

89. The Japanese standards-setting organization

▪ A. NTT (Nippon Telephone & Telegraph)


▪ B. ARIB (Association of Radio Industries and Businesses)
▪ C. Docomo
▪ D. JDC (Japanese Digital Cellular)

Answer: Option B

90. The ________ is deflected horizontally and vertically to fill the screen area.
▪ A. permanent magnet
▪ B. yoke
▪ C. electron beam
▪ D. raster

Answer: Option C

91. A mask for dot trios has about ____ holes.

▪ A. 3
▪ B. 30,000
▪ C. 3,000
▪ D. 300,000

Answer: Option D

92. Calculate the limit of visibility of an earth station at the equator, with the antenna
pointing either west or east along the horizontal.

▪ A. 85.3°
▪ B. 88.3°
▪ C. 81.3°
▪ D. 84.3°

Answer: Option C

93. What is a radar cross-section (RCS)?

▪ A. Target height and elevation


▪ B. A target’s reflection coefficient relative to a perfectly reflecting spherical
surface of 1 m2 cross-section
▪ C. The plane through which a radar signal passes through a target
▪ D. An engineering isometric drawing showing a slice through the equipment
rack(s)

Answer: Option B

94. ________ adjustments cause the three electron beams to excite the correct
colors on the screen.

▪ A. Comb
▪ B. Color
▪ C. Convergence
▪ D. Gamma

Answer: Option C

95. Which of the following factors will affect the degree of diffraction when a train of
water waves passes through a slit?

(1) The width of the slit

(2) The wavelength of the wave

(3) The amplitude of the wave

▪ A. (1) and (2) only


▪ B. (1) and (3) only
▪ C. (2) and (3) only
▪ D. (1), (2) and (3)

Answer: Option A

96. A fiber link is to be installed with the following characteristics:

Transmitter: laser diode with Pt = 1mW

Receiver: APD with minimum Pr = -57dBm

Tx/Rx port losses 6 dB each

Two connectors at 1 dB each

Five splices at 0.5 dB each

Fiber total loss 2 dB/km

Fiber total dispersion 0.505 ns/km

Maximum desired bit rate 35 Mbps

Determine the loss-limited line length for a loss margin of 5 dB

▪ A. 1.78 km
▪ B. 17.8 km
▪ C. 178 km
▪ D. 0.178 km

Answer: Option B

97. Authorization given by a nation for a radio station to use a radio-frequency


channel under specified conditions.

▪ A. Allotment
▪ B. Emission
▪ C. Allocation
▪ D. Assignment

Answer: Option D

98. In FCC former designation, P2D means _________.

▪ A. Telegraphy; pulse-carrier tone-modulated


▪ B. Telephony; pulse-width modulated
▪ C. Telephony; amplitude-modulated pulses
▪ D. Telegraphy; pulse-width tone-modulated

Answer: Option A

99. Crosstalk are considered to be intelligible to the listener when?

▪ A. At least 2 words are intelligible in 7-s period


▪ B. At least 7 words are intelligible in 4-s period
▪ C. At least 2 words are intelligible in 2-s period
▪ D. At least 4 words are intelligible in 7-s period

Answer: Option D

100. A CDMA mobile measures the signal strength from the base as -100 dBm. What
should the mobile transmitter power be set to?

▪ A. 250 mW
▪ B. 54 mW
▪ C. 320 mW
▪ D. 43 Mw

Answer: Option A

You might also like